xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision aa0a1e58)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1963 2009/12/23 04:43:46 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
10	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
11		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
12		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
13		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
14	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
15		could occur which might result in bogus characters
16		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
17		Pepperdine University.
18	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
19		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
20	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
21		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
22		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
23		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
24		Hubert of University of Washington.
25	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
26		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
27		to be happening on some Linux versions).
28	The process title was missing the current load average when
29		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
30		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
31	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
32		only some of them are processed.
33	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
34		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
35		of Sun Microsystems.
36	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
37		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
38		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
39	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
40		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
41		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
42		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
43		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
44		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
45		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
46		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
47	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
48		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
49		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
50	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
51		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
52	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
53		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
54		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
55	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
56		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
57		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
58	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
59		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
60	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
61		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
62		Myers of Proofpoint.
63	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
64		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
65		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
66	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
67		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
68		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
69		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
70		University of Helsinki.
71	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
72		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
73		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
74		libraries).
75	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
76		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
77	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
78		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
79		Pineau.
80	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
81		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
82		John Nemeth.
83	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
84		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
85		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
86	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
87		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
88	Portability:
89		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
90		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
91		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
92		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
93
948.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
95	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
96		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
97		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
98		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
99		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
100	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
101		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
102		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
103		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
104		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
105	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
106		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
107	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
108		noted by Beth Halsema.
109	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
110		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
111		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
112	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
113		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
114	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
115		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
116		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
117		whether libmilter contains this fix.
118	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
119		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
120	Portability:
121		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
122		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
123		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
124		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
125	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
126	Added Files:
127		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
128		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
129
1308.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
131	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
132		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
133		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
134		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
135		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
136	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
137		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
138		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
139		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
140		Myers of Proofpoint.
141	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
142		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
143	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
144		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
145		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
146		recipients.
147	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
148		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
149		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
150	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
151		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
152	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
153		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
154		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
155	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
156		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
157		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
158		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
159		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
160	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
161		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
162		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
163	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
164		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
165		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
166	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
167		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
168		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
169		than one LDAP server.
170	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
171		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
172		a system which does not have the compile time flag
173		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
174		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
175	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
176		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
177		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
178	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
179		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
180		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
181	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
182	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
183		replacing files.
184	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
185		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
186	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
187		appropriate.
188	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
189		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
190		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
191	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
192		from the version number, however, the returned value was
193		correct for the current libmilter version.
194
1958.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
196	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
197		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
198		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
199		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
200		found by Andy Fiddaman.
201	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
202		could not be set in 8.14.0.
203	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
204		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
205		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
206		Werner Wiethege.
207	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
208		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
209		Science and Mathematics.
210	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
211	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
212		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
213		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
214		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
215	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
216		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
217	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
218		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
219	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
220		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
221	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
222		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
223	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
224		Patches from Bryan Costales.
225	PORTABILITY FIXES:
226		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
227			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
228			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
229			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
230		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
231			Software Systems.
232	New Files:
233		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
234		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
235		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
236
237	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
238		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
239		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
240
2418.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
242	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
243		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
244		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
245		  headers.
246	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
247		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
248		exactly one space.
249	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
250		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
251		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
252		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
253		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
254		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
255	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
256		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
257		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
258		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
259	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
260		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
261	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
262		Patch from Nik Clayton.
263	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
264		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
265	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
266		per daemon socket:
267			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
268			refuseLA	RefuseLA
269			delayLA		DelayLA
270			queueLA		QueueLA
271			children	MaxDaemonChildren
272	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
273		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
274		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
275		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
276	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
277		from Nik Clayton.
278	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
279		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
280		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
281		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
282	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
283		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
284		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
285		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
286	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
287		readable" status.
288	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
289		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
290	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
291		is a header address it also distinguishes between
292		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
293		envelope addresses).
294	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
295		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
296	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
297	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
298		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
299		slow down responding.
300	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
301		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
302		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
303		a file where to store the selected key.
304	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
305		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
306		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
307		connection is terminated immediately.
308	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
309		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
310		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
311	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
312		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
313		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
314			a query if it is too long.
315		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
316			to form the result of a lookup.
317	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
318		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
319		started by using "make check".
320	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
321		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
322		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
323	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
324		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
325	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
326		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
327		intended.
328	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
329		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
330	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
331		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
332		which may improve the communication performance on some
333		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
334		Proofpoint.
335	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
336		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
337		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
338		line.
339	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
340		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
341	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
342		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
343		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
344	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
345		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
346		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
347	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
348		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
349		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
350		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
351	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
352		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
353		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
354		each delivery.
355	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
356		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
357		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
358		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
359	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
360		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
361		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
362		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
363		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
364		Sun Microsystems.
365	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
366		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
367		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
368	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
369		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
370	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
371		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
372			To:user@example.com	RELAY
373	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
374		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
375		SMTP dialogue.
376	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
377		for the HELO/EHLO command.
378	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
379		messages by using those values as second argument.
380		Patches from Nelson Fung.
381	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
382		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
383		preceeded by a backslash.
384	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
385		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
386		the required installation directories.
387	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
388		executables (defaults to confCC).
389	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
390		has several changes which are listed below and documented
391		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
392	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
393		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
394		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
395		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
396		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
397		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
398		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
399	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
400		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
401		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
402		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
403		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
404		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
405	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
406		can act on the DATA command.
407	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
408		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
409	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
410		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
411		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
412	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
413		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
414		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
415		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
416		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
417		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
418		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
419	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
420		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
421	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
422		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
423	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
424		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
425		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
426		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
427		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
428	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
429		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
430		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
431		negotiation.
432	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
433		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
434		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
435		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
436		inserted, or replaced.
437	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
438		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
439		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
440	New Files:
441		cf/feature/badmx.m4
442		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
443		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
444		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
445		include/sm/misc.h
446		include/sm/sendmail.h
447		include/sm/tailq.h
448		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
449		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
450		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
451		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
452		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
453		libmilter/example.c
454		libmilter/monitor.c
455		libmilter/worker.c
456		libsm/memstat.c
457		libsm/t-memstat.c
458		libsm/t-qic.c
459		libsm/util.c
460		sendmail/daemon.h
461		sendmail/map.h
462
4638.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
464	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
465		the server can erroneously report that there is
466		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
467		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
468		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
469		of University of Washington.
470	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
471		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
472		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
473		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
474	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
475		David F. Skoll.
476	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
477		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
478	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
479		range (0..255).
480	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
481		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
482		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
483		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.*
484		about these macros.
485
4868.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
487	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
488		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
489		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
490		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
491		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
492		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
493		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
494		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
495		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
496		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
497	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
498		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
499		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
500	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
501		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
502		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
503		layer made in 8.13.6.
504	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
505		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
506		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
507		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
508		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
509		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
510		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
511		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
512		to avoid those false positives.
513	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
514		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
515		files were not removed.
516	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
517		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
518		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
519	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
520		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
521		either of these versions and compression is available,
522		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
523		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
524	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
525		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
526		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
527		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
528		but an argument must be specified.
529	Portability:
530		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
531		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
532
5338.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
534	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
535		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
536		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
537		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
538		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
539		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
540		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
541	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
542		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
543		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
544		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
545		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
546		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
547	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
548		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
549		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
550		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
551	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
552		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
553		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
554		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
555		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
556		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
557		A. Earickson of Colby College.
558	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
559		Myers of Proofpoint.
560	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
561		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
562		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
563	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
564		resume a stored TLS session.
565	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
566		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
567		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
568	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
569		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
570		Sun Microsystems.
571	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
572		This generates an error message from libmilter on
573		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
574		request silently.
575	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
576		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
577		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
578		Services.
579	Portability:
580		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
581		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
582		Andrew Brown.
583
5848.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
585	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
586		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
587		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
588		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
589		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
590		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
591		than the base directory.
592	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
593		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
594		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
595		Werner Wiethege.
596	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
597		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
598		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
599		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
600	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
601		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
602		University.
603	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
604		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
605	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
606		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
607		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
608	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
609		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
610	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
611	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
612		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
613		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
614	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
615		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
616	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
617			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
618			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
619			source code.
620		Add support for AIX 5.3.
621		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
622		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
623		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
624	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
625		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
626			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
627			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
628		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
629			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
630			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
631			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
632		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
633			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
634			by Mike Pechkin.
635	New Files:
636		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
637		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
638		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
639		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
640		include/sm/time.h
641
6428.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
643	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
644		different error which could result in connections that
645		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
646		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
647	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
648		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
649		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
650		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
651	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
652		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
653	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
654		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
655		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
656		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
657	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
658		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
659		and bounce generation.
660	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
661		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
662		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
663		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
664		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
665	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
666		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
667	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
668		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
669	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
670		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
671		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
672	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
673		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
674		by Joe Maimon.
675	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
676		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
677		on patch by Brian Kantor.
678	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
679		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
680		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
681	Portability:
682		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
683			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
684			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
685			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
686			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
687		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
688			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
689			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
690			University of Bremen.
691	New Files:
692		include/sm/sem.h
693		libsm/sem.c
694		libsm/t-sem.c
695
6968.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
697	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
698		is active.
699	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
700		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
701		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
702	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
703		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
704		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
705	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
706		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
707		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
708		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
709
7108.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
711	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
712		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
713		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
714		Simple Nomad of BindView.
715	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
716		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
717		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
718	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
719		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
720		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
721		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
722		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
723	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
724		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
725	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
726		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
727		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
728	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
729		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
730	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
731		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
732		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
733	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
734		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
735	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
736		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
737		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
738	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
739		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
740	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
741		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
742		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
743	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
744		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
745		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
746	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
747		noted by Nelson Fung.
748	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
749		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
750	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
751		by Nelson Fung.
752	Portability:
753		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
754	New Files:
755		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
756		devtools/OS/DragonFly
757		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
758	Deleted Files:
759		libsm/vsscanf.c
760
7618.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
762	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
763		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
764		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
765		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
766	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
767		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
768	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
769		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
770		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
771		by David Russell.
772	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
773		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
774		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
775		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
776	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
777		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
778		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
779	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
780		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
781	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
782		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
783		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
784		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
785		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
786		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
787		Bielefeld.
788	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
789		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
790	Portability:
791		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
792			noted by Geoff Adams.
793		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
794		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
795			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
796		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
797			incompatibilities with various *roff related
798			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
799	New Files:
800		doc/op/README
801
8028.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
803	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
804		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
805		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
806		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
807		University.
808	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
809		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
810		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
811	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
812		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
813	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
814		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
815		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
816		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
817		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
818		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
819	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
820		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
821		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
822		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
823		of cf/README for more information.
824	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
825		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
826		the LDAP library.
827	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
828		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
829		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
830		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
831		library supports it.
832	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
833		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
834	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
835		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
836		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
837	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
838		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
839		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
840		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
841		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
842		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
843		determines the length of the interval for which the
844		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
845		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
846	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
847		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
848		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
849		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
850		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
851		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
852		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
853		during that connection.
854	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
855		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
856		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
857	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
858		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
859		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
860	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
861		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
862	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
863		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
864		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
865		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
866	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
867		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
868		sendmail.
869	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
870		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
871		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
872		Mines de Paris.
873	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
874		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
875		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
876		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
877		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
878		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
879		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
880		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
881	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
882		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
883		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
884	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
885		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
886		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
887		by Sander Eerkes.
888	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
889		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
890		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
891		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
892	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
893		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
894		operates on lost queue items.
895	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
896		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
897		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
898		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
899		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
900		quarantine reason.
901	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
902		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
903	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
904		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
905		"QUARANTINE:".
906	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
907		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
908		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
909		be used for the quarantine reason.
910	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
911	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
912		message if it is quarantined.
913	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
914		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
915		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
916		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
917		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
918	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
919		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
920		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
921	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
922		recipients received so far in a transaction.
923	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
924		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
925		noted by Kai Schlichting.
926	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
927		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
928		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
929	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
930		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
931	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
932	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
933		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
934	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
935		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
936		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
937	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
938	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
939		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
940		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
941		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
942	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
943		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
944		of the University of Manitoba.
945	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
946		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
947		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
948		is active.
949	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
950		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
951		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
952	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
953		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
954	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
955		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
956	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
957		overwrite each other's pid files.
958	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
959		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
960		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
961	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
962		LogLevel 12 or higher.
963	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
964		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
965		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
966		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
967		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
968	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
969		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
970		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
971		of Sun Microsystems.
972	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
973		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
974	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
975		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
976	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
977		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
978	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
979		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
980	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
981		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
982		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
983		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
984	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
985		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
986		further information.
987	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
988		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
989	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
990		queue return and warning times for delivery status
991		notifications.
992	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
993		at all.
994	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
995		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
996		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
997	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
998		for DaemonPortOptions.
999	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1000		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1001		of Northern Illinois University.
1002	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1003		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1004		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1005		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1006		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1007	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1008		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1009	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1010		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1011	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1012		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1013		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1014	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1015		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1016	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1017		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1018		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1019	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1020		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1021	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1022		HOSTALIASES.
1023	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1024		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1025	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1026		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1027		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1028		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1029	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1030		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1031		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1032		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1033		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1034	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1035		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1036	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1037		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1038	Portability:
1039		Two new compile options have been added:
1040			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1041			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1042			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1043		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1044			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1045			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1046			programs to match locking techniques.
1047		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1048			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1049		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1050			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1051			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1052			Center for Scientific Computing.
1053		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1054		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1055		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1056			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1057			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1058			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1059			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1060	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1061		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1062		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1063		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1064	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1065		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1066		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1067		of Northern Illinois University.
1068	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1069		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1070		the message using the given reason.
1071	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1072		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1073		DNS records than just A.
1074	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1075		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1076		connections is maintained.
1077	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1078		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1079	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1080		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1081	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1082		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1083		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1084		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1085		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1086	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1087		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1088		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1089		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1090		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1091		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1092	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1093		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1094	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1095		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1096		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1097	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1098		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1099		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1100	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1101		to follow the naming conventions.
1102	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1103		the A= argument.
1104	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1105		local_lmtp.
1106	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1107		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1108	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1109		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1110		its rules.
1111	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1112		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1113		status notifications.
1114	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1115	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1116		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1117		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1118	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1119		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1120		doc/op/op.me.
1121	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1122		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1123		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1124	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1125		certificate revocations lists.
1126	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1127		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1128		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1129		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1130	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1131		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1132		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1133		for more information.
1134	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1135		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1136		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1137		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1138		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1139	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1140	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1141		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1142		of LifeLine Networks.
1143	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1144		Derek J. Balling.
1145	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1146		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1147	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1148		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1149	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1150		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1151		Filters which use this function must include the
1152		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1153	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1154		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1155	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1156		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1157	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1158		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1159		resetting the timeout.
1160	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1161		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1162		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1163	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1164		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1165	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1166		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1167		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1168	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1169		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1170	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1171		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1172	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1173		from Bryan Costales.
1174	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1175		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1176	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1177		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1178	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1179		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1180		Informations Services.
1181	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1182	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1183		instead of '#'.
1184	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1185		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1186		headers.
1187	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1188		for the auto-response message.
1189	New Files:
1190		CACerts
1191		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1192		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1193		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1194		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1195		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1196		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1197		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1198		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1199		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1200		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1201		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1202		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1203		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1204		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1205		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1206		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1207		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1208		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1209		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1210		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1211		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1212		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1213		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1214		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1215	Deleted Files:
1216		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1217		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1218		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1219		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1220		libsm/vsprintf.c
1221	Renamed Files:
1222		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1223
12248.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1225	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1226		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1227		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1228	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1229		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1230		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1231		Techfirm, Inc.
1232	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1233		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1234		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1235	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1236		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1237		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1238		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1239	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1240		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1241		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1242		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1243	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1244		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1245		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1246	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1247		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1248	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1249		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1250		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1251		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1252		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1253		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1254	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1255		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1256		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1257	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1258		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1259		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1260	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1261		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1262		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1263		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1264		external application that accesses qf files.
1265	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1266		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1267	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1268		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1269		Breyha.
1270	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1271		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1272		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1273		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1274		environment.
1275	Portability:
1276		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1277		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1278			Sun Microsystems.
1279	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1280		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1281	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1282		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1283	New Files:
1284		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1285
12868.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1287	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1288		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1289		of Courtesan Consulting.
1290	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1291		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1292		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1293		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1294		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1295	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1296		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1297	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1298	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1299		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1300	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1301		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1302	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1303		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1304		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1305	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1306		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1307	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1308	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1309		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1310		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1311	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1312		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1313		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1314	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1315		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1316	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1317		to make sure they match.
1318	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1319		in the kernel.
1320	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1321		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1322		Bart Duchesne.
1323	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1324		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1325		Craig Hunt.
1326	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1327		from Jerome Borsboom.
1328	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1329		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1330		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1331	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1332		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1333		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1334		after the close() and before the truncate().
1335	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1336		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1337		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1338	Portability:
1339		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1340			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1341			with AIX 5.2.
1342		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1343			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1344		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1345			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1346			of Harker Systems.
1347		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1348			your Linux distribution, compile with
1349			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1350	Added Files:
1351		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1352
13538.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1354	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1355		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1356		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1357		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1358		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1359		includes DNS.
1360	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1361		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1362		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1363		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1364	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1365		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1366		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1367		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1368		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1369		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1370		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1371	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1372		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1373	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1374		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1375		College London.
1376	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1377		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1378		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1379	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1380		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1381	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1382	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1383		text file instead of the database map.
1384	Portability:
1385		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1386			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1387			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1388			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1389
13908.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1391	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1392		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1393		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1394		of ISS X-Force.
1395	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1396		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1397		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1398		Stanford University Compilation Group.
1399	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1400		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1401	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1402		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1403		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1404	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1405		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1406	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1407		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1408		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1409
14108.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
1411	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1412		across various connections.  This could cause session
1413		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1414		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1415		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1416	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
1417		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
1418		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1419	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1420		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
1421		Erik Parker.
1422	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1423		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1424		is used.
1425	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
1426		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1427	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1428		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1429		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
1430		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1431		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1432	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
1433		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1434	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1435		of 11 or higher.
1436	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1437		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1438	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1439		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1440		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1441		to be run even if Runners=0.
1442	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1443		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1444		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1445	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1446		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1447	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
1448		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1449	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1450		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1451	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
1452		by John Majikes of IBM.
1453	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1454		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1455	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1456		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
1457		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1458	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1459		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1460		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1461	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
1462		noted by Matthias Andree.
1463	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1464		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1465	Portability:
1466		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1467		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1468			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1469			an argument, hence the builtin version of
1470			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
1471			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
1472			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1473		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1474			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1475		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1476			of the TrustedBSD Project.
1477		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1478			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1479		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1480		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1481			Corporation.
1482		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1483	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1484		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1485	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1486		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1487		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1488	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1489		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1490		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1491		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1492		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1493		in the file itself.
1494	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1495		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1496		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1497		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1498	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1499	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1500		relay.
1501	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1502		in access_db.
1503	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1504	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1505		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1506		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1507	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1508		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1509		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1510	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1511		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1512		Sun Microsystems.
1513	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1514		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1515	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1516		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1517		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1518	New Files:
1519		devtools/OS/Interix
1520		include/sm/bdb.h
1521
15228.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
1523	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1524		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1525		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1526		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1527		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1528	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1529		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1530		Courtesan Consulting.
1531	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1532		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
1533		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1534	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1535		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1536		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1537	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1538		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1539		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
1540		Earickson of Colby College.
1541	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1542		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1543		Courtesan Consulting.
1544	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1545		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1546	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1547		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
1548		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1549	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1550		execve().
1551	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1552		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1553		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1554	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1555		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
1556		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1557		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
1558		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1559	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1560		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1561		supposed for addresses on the header content.
1562	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1563	Portability:
1564		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1565			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
1566			fix from Scott Walters.
1567		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1568		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1569			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1570		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1571			NETISO support has been dropped.
1572	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1573		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1574		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1575		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
1576		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1577		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1578		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
1579		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1580		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1581		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1582		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
1583		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1584		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1585		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1586	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1587		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1588		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1589		University.
1590	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1591		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1592	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1593		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1594	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1595		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1596	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
1597		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1598		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1599	New Files:
1600		contrib/etrn.0
1601
16028.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
1603	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1604		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1605		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
1606		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1607		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
1608		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1609	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1610		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1611		with rogue DNS servers.
1612	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
1613		by Bryan Costales.
1614	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1615		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
1616		Costales.
1617	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1618		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1619		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1620		Polytechnic Institute.
1621	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1622		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1623	Portability:
1624		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1625			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1626			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
1627			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1628		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
1629			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1630			8.13 will change the default locking method to
1631			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
1632			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1633			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
1634			related programs to match locking techniques.
1635
16368.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
1637	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1638		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1639		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1640		section of the top level README for more information.
1641		Problem noted by lumpy.
1642	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1643		instead of 0644.
1644	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1645		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1646		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1647	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1648		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1649		Purdue University.
1650	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
1651		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1652		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1653	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1654		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1655		of Active State.
1656	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1657		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
1658		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1659	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1660		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1661		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
1662		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1663	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1664		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
1665	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
1666		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1667	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1668		or the queue.
1669	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1670		user who started sendmail.
1671	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1672		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
1673		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1674	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1675		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1676		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1677		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1678		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1679	Portability:
1680		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1681			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1682			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1683		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1684			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1685			Charles University in Prague.
1686		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1687			memory.
1688	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1689		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1690	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1691		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1692		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1693	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1694		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1695	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1696		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
1697		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1698		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
1699		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1700	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1701		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
1702		noted by Bryan Costales.
1703	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1704		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1705	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
1706		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1707	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
1708		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1709	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1710		match dnsbl change.
1711	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1712		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1713		installing the sendmail statistics file.
1714	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1715		a user's filter starts other applications.
1716	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1717		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1718	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1719		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
1720		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1721	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1722		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1723	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1724		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
1725		noted by Bryan Costales.
1726	New Files:
1727		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1728
17298.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
1730	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1731		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
1732		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1733		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1734		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
1735		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1736		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1737		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
1738		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1739		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1740		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1741		University.
1742	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1743		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1744		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1745		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1746		of INTERMETA.
1747	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1748		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1749	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1750		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1751	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1752		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1753		ActiveState.
1754	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1755		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1756	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1757		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1758		Northern Illinois University.
1759	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1760		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1761		of Dinoex.
1762	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1763		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1764		Polytechnic Institute.
1765	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1766		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1767		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1768	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1769		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1770		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1771	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1772		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1773	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1774		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1775	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1776		missing arguments.
1777	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1778		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1779		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1780	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1781		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1782	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1783		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1784		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1785	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1786		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1787		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1788	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1789		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1790		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1791		of Concordia University.
1792	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1793		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1794	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1795		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1796		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1797		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1798	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1799		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1800		Elvers.
1801	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1802		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1803		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1804		total number of TCP connections.
1805	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1806		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1807		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1808	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1809		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1810	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1811		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1812		Texas.
1813	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1814		to 451.
1815	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1816		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1817		patch by Bryan Costales.
1818	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1819		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1820	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1821		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1822		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1823		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1824		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1825		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1826		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1827		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1828	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1829		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1830		command).
1831	Portability:
1832		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1833			available.
1834		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1835			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1836			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1837			Skyrr.
1838		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1839			noted by John Beck.
1840		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1841		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1842			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1843	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1844		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1845		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1846	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1847		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1848		error.
1849	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1850		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1851		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1852	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1853		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1854	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1855		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1856	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1857		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1858		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1859		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1860		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1861		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1862	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1863		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1864		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1865		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1866		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1867		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1868		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1869		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1870	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1871		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1872		noted by John Beck.
1873	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1874		if queue groups are used.
1875	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1876	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1877	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1878		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1879	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1880	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1881		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1882		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1883		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1884		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1885		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1886	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1887		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1888		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1889	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1890		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1891		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1892	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1893		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1894		ldap_memfree().
1895	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1896		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1897	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1898		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1899	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1900		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1901		San Francisco.
1902	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1903	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1904		Joe Barbish.
1905	New Files:
1906		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1907
19088.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1909	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1910		at startup, only log an error message.
1911	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1912		following -b) has been specified.
1913	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1914		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1915		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1916	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1917		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1918		Regensburg.
1919	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1920		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1921		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1922		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1923	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1924		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1925		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1926	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1927		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1928		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1929	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1930		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1931		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1932	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1933		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1934		SMTP connections.
1935	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1936		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1937		and Technology.
1938	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1939		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1940		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1941		Meteorological Institute.
1942	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1943		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1944		Online.
1945	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1946		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1947		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1948		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1949		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1950		types, respectively.
1951	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1952		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1953		of Virginia Tech.
1954	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1955		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1956		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1957	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1958		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1959	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1960		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1961	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1962		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1963		of Vienna.
1964	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1965		of Sun Microsystems.
1966	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1967		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1968		with servers that do not support realms when using
1969		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1970	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1971		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1972		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1973	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1974		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1975		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1976	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1977	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1978		instead of forcing localhost.
1979	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1980		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1981	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1982		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1983	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1984		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1985		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1986		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1987		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1988	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1989		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1990	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1991		Compaq Computer Corp.
1992	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1993		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1994		Tech.
1995	Portability:
1996		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1997			patch provided by HP.
1998		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1999			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2000		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2001			Sachin of Siemens.
2002		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2003		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2004			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2005			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2006			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2007		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2008			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2009		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2010			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2011		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2012			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2013			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2014			Hewlett-Packard.
2015		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2016			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2017			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2018		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2019			Virginia Tech.
2020		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2021			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2022		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2023			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2024	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2025		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2026		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2027	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2028		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2029	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2030		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2031		Florida.
2032	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2033		Altin Waldmann.
2034	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2035		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2036		Hewlett-Packard.
2037	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2038		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2039		of MSFU.
2040	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2041		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2042		Institute.
2043	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2044	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2045		to free memory twice.
2046	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2047		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2048		of Sun Microsystems.
2049	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2050		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2051		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2052		University of Athens.
2053	New Files:
2054		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2055		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2056		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2057		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2058		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2059		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2060		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2061		libsm/mpeix.c
2062
20638.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2064	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2065		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2066		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2067		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2068		found by Michal Zalewski.
2069	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2070		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2071		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2072		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2073	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2074		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2075	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2076		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2077		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2078	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2079		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2080		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2081	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2082		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2083		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2084		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2085		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2086	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2087		canonical name for a host.
2088	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2089		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2090		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2091		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2092	Portability:
2093		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2094			`uname` does not given complete information.
2095			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2096			Aircraft Company.
2097		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2098			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2099		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2100			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2101			Courtesan Consulting.
2102	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2103		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2104	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2105		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2106		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2107	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2108		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2109		then use it.
2110	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2111		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2112	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2113		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2114	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2115		and vacation.
2116	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2117		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2118		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2119	New Files:
2120		test/Build
2121		test/Makefile
2122		test/Makefile.m4
2123		test/README
2124		test/t_dropgid.c
2125		test/t_setgid.c
2126	Deleted Files:
2127		include/sm/stdio.h
2128		include/sm/sysstat.h
2129
21308.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2131	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2132		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2133		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2134		default).  The installation process tries to install
2135		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2136		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2137	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2138		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2139		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2140		flags:
2141			GroupWritableForwardFile
2142			WorldWritableForwardFile
2143			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2144			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2145		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2146	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2147		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2148		(IdS).
2149	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2150		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2151		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2152		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2153		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2154		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2155	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2156		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2157		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2158		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2159		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2160	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2161		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2162	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2163		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2164		sendmail/SECURITY.
2165	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2166		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2167		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2168	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2169		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2170		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2171		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2172		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2173	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2174		command has been removed.
2175	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2176		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2177	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2178		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2179		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2180		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2181	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2182		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2183		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2184		supported.
2185	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2186		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2187		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2188		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2189		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2190		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2191		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2192		creation rather than just before delivery.
2193	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2194		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2195		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2196		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2197		preference matches (coattail).
2198	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2199		try other MX hosts if available.
2200	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2201		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2202	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2203		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2204		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2205	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2206	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2207		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2208		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2209		removed in future versions.
2210	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2211		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2212	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2213		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2214		doc/op/op.me for details.
2215	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2216		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2217		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2218		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2219	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2220	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2221		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2222	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2223		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2224		enough on a per recipient basis.
2225	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2226		for STARTTLS.
2227	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2228		value "NOT".
2229	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2230		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2231	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2232		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2233	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2234		really required.  This change results in a noticable
2235		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2236		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2237	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2238		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2239	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2240		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2241		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2242		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2243		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2244		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2245		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2246		by a queue run.
2247	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2248		system each queue directory resides in.
2249	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2250	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2251	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2252		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2253		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2254		same time.
2255	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2256		active queue runner processes.
2257	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2258		runners per queue group.
2259	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2260		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2261		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2262		of the queue that match during processing.
2263	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2264		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2265		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2266		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2267		persistent queue runner.
2268	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2269		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2270		sendmail -q15m).
2271	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2272		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2273	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2274		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2275	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2276		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2277	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2278		of the qf file (older entries first).
2279	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2280		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2281		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2282		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2283	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2284		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2285	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2286		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2287		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2288		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2289		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2290	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2291		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2292		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2293	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2294		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2295		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2296		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2297		details.
2298	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2299		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2300	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2301		and the usual documentation for details.
2302	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2303	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2304		announced in 8.10.
2305	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2306	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2307		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2308		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2309	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2310		-r (number of retries).
2311	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2312		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2313		and value separated by the given separator.
2314	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2315		to map class arith.
2316	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2317		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2318	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2319		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2320	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2321		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2322		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2323	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2324		filenames with spaces).
2325	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2326	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2327		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2328		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2329		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2330		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2331		to the loopback net.
2332	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2333	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2334		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2335	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2336		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2337	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2338		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2339	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2340		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2341		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2342		Development Group.
2343	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2344		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2345		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2346		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2347		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2348		load average is exceeded.
2349	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2350		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2351		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2352		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2353		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2354	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2355	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2356	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2357		instead.
2358	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2359		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2360	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2361		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2362		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2363	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2364		for direct (command line) submissions.
2365	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2366		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2367		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2368	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2369		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2370		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2371	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2372		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2373		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2374		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2375	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2376		before logging.
2377	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2378		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2379	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2380	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2381		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2382		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2383	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2384		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2385		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2386	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2387		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2388		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2389		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2390		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2391		See libsm/index.html for details.
2392	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2393		care of by fork() and exit().
2394	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2395		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2396		new and old (from new libsm).
2397	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2398		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2399	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2400	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2401		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2402		synchronizations calls.
2403	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2404	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2405	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2406		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2407	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2408		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2409		for details.
2410	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2411		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
2412		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2413		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2414	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2415		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2416		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2417	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2418		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
2419		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2420		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2421		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2422		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2423		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2424	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2425		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2426	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2427		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2428	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
2429		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2430		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2431		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2432		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2433		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2434		Urbana-Champaign.
2435	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
2436		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2437	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2438		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2439		connections.
2440	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2441		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2442		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2443		cf/README.
2444	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
2445		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2446		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2447		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
2448		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
2449		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
2450		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2451		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2452		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2453		example).
2454	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2455		the default schema used in the above two items.
2456	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2457		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2458		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2459	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2460		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2461		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2462	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2463		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2464		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2465		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2466		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2467	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2468		HELO/EHLO commands.
2469	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2470		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2471		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2472		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
2473		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2474		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
2475		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2476	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2477		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2478		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2479		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
2480		(verbose) command line option.
2481	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2482		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2483		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2484		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2485	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2486		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2487		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2488	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
2489		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
2490		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2491	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2492		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2493		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2494		British Columbia.
2495	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2496		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2497	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2498		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2499		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2500		if required.
2501	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
2502		class instead.
2503	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2504		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
2505		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2506		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2507	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2508		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
2509	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2510		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
2511		Nelson of IBM.
2512	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2513		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2514		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
2515		their defaults are:
2516		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
2517		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2518		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
2519		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
2520		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
2521		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
2522		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2523	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2524		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2525	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2526		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2527		Meteorological Institute.
2528	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2529		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2530		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2531	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2532		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2533		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2534	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2535		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2536		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
2537		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2538		See sendmail/README for further information.
2539	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2540		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
2541		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2542	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2543		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2544		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2545	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
2546		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2547	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2548		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2549		flora.ca.
2550	Portability:
2551		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2552			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
2553			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2554		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2555			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2556			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2557			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
2558			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2559			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2560		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2561			Solaris 8 and later.
2562		Add support for OpenUNIX.
2563	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2564	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2565	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2566	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2567	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2568		temporary lookup failures.
2569	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2570		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2571		or IP nets.
2572	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2573		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2574		to get through.
2575	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2576		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2577		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
2578		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2579		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2580	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2581		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2582		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2583		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2584	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2585		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2586		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2587	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2588		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2589		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2590	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2591		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2592	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2593		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2594		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2595	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2596		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2597		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2598		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2599		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2600	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2601		cf/README for details.
2602	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2603		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2604		University of Maryland.
2605	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2606		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2607	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2608		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2609		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2610	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2611		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2612		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2613		Solving.
2614	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2615		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2616	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2617		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2618	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2619		immediately.
2620	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2621		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2622		See cf/README for details.
2623	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2624		temporary lookup failures.
2625	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2626		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2627	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2628		memory use.
2629	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2630		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2631		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2632		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
2633		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2634	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2635		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2636	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2637		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2638	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2639		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2640	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2641		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
2642		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
2643		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
2644	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2645	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2646		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2647		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2648		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
2649		additional details.
2650	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2651		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2652		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
2653		information.
2654	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2655		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
2656		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2657	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2658		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
2659		recipients as user unknown.
2660	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2661		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2662		section of cf/README for more information.
2663	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2664		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2665		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2666	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2667		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2668		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2669	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2670		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
2671		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
2672		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
2673		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
2674		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
2675		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
2676		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
2677		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
2678		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
2679		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2680	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2681		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
2682		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
2683		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
2684		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
2685	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2686		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
2687		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
2688		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
2689		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
2690		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
2691		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
2692		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2693		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2694		doc/op/op.me for details.
2695	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2696		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
2697		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2698	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2699		dequote map.
2700	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2701	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2702		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2703	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2704		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
2705		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2706		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2707		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2708		This affects the access database as well as the
2709		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2710	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2711	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2712	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2713		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2714		Mississippi State University.
2715	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2716		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2717	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2718		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2719		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2720	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2721		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2722		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2723	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2724		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2725		systems which don't include cat directories.
2726	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2727	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2728		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
2729		mailbox database type.
2730	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2731		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2732		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
2733		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2734	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2735		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2736	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2737		instead of white space.
2738	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2739		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2740		Meteorological Institute.
2741	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2742	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2743		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2744	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2745		instead of syslog.
2746	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2747		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
2748		to specify the database and message file since there is no
2749		home directory for the default settings for these options.
2750	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2751		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2752		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2753		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2754	New Directories:
2755		libmilter/docs
2756	New Files:
2757		cf/cf/README
2758		cf/cf/submit.cf
2759		cf/cf/submit.mc
2760		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2761		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2762		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2763		cf/feature/msp.m4
2764		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2765		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2766		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2767		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2768		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2769		cf/sendmail.schema
2770		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2771		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2772		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2773		editmap/*
2774		include/sm/*
2775		libsm/*
2776		libsmutil/cf.c
2777		libsmutil/err.c
2778		sendmail/SECURITY
2779		sendmail/TUNING
2780		sendmail/bf.c
2781		sendmail/bf.h
2782		sendmail/sasl.c
2783		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2784		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2785		sendmail/tls.c
2786	Deleted Files:
2787		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2788		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2789		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2790		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2791		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2792		include/sendmail/useful.h
2793		libsmutil/errstring.c
2794		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2795		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2796		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2797		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2798		sendmail/clock.c
2799	Renamed Files:
2800		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2801		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2802		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2803
28048.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2805	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2806		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2807		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2808		of ISS X-Force.
2809	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2810		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2811		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2812		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2813		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2814		includes DNS.
2815	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2816		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2817		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2818		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2819	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2820		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2821		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2822		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2823		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2824		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2825		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2826	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2827		across various connections.  This could cause session
2828		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2829		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2830		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2831	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2832		canonical name for a host.
2833	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2834	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2835		or the queue.
2836	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2837		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2838		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2839		Polytechnic Institute.
2840	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2841		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2842		Purdue University.
2843	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2844		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2845		Texas.
2846	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2847		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2848		error.
2849	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2850		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2851	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2852		and vacation.
2853	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2854		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2855	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2856		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2857		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2858	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2859		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2860		Sun Microsystems.
2861	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2862		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2863		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2864
28658.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2866	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2867		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2868		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2869	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2870		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2871		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2872		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2873		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2874	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2875		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2876		Werner Wiethege.
2877	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2878		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2879
28808.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2881	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2882		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2883		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2884		of SE Netway Communications.
2885	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2886		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2887	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2888		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2889		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2890		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2891	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2892		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2893	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2894		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2895		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2896		University College.
2897	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2898		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2899	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2900		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2901		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2902		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2903		University at Albany.
2904	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2905		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2906	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2907		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2908		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2909		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2910	Portability:
2911		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2912			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2913		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2914			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2915		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2916			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2917		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2918			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2919	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2920		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2921
29228.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2923	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2924		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2925		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2926		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2927		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2928		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2929	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2930		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2931		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2932	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2933		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2934		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2935	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2936		from Kenji Miyake.
2937	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2938		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2939	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2940		the same map again while exiting.
2941	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2942		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2943		of Tuebingen.
2944	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2945		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2946		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2947		Oklahoma State University.
2948	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2949		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2950		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2951	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2952		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2953		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2954		Morgan Stanley.
2955	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2956		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2957		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2958	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2959		from Werner Wiethege.
2960	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2961		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2962	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2963		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2964		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2965		Internet Services.
2966	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2967		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2968	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2969		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2970	Portability:
2971		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2972	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2973		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2974	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2975	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2976		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2977		Meteorological Institute.
2978	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2979		since it generates random process ids.
2980	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2981		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2982		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2983	New Files:
2984		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2985
29868.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2987	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2988		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2989		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2990		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2991	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2992		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2993		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2994		communications consulting gmbh.
2995	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2996		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2997	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2998		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2999		connection came in from the command line.
3000	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3001		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3002		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3003	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3004		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3005	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3006		when they were committed.
3007	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3008		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3009	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3010		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3011		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3012		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3013	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3014		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3015		University.
3016	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3017		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3018		accept() completes.
3019	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3020		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3021	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3022		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3023		Wellcome.
3024	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3025		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3026		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3027		University.
3028	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3029		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3030		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3031		University of New Brunswick.
3032	Portability:
3033		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3034			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3035			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3036		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3037			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3038		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3039			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3040			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3041		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3042			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3043			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3044	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3045		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3046	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3047		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3048	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3049		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3050		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3051		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3052		Institute.
3053	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3054		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3055		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3056	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3057		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3058	Renamed Files:
3059		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3060
30618.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3062	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3063		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3064		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3065		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3066		Schools" project (IdS).
3067	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3068		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3069		be enabled by compiling with:
3070		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3071		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3072		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3073	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3074		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3075	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3076		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3077		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3078		Colby College.
3079	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3080		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3081	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3082		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3083		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3084		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3085	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3086		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3087		NxNetworks, Inc.
3088	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3089		client name.
3090	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3091		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3092		the Universitat Regensburg.
3093	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3094		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3095		University of Arizona.
3096	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3097		of Collective Technologies.
3098	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3099		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3100		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3101		Engineering.
3102	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3103		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3104		Meteorological Institute.
3105	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3106		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3107	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3108		Meteorological Institute.
3109	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3110		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3111		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3112		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3113	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3114		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3115		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3116	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3117		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3118		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3119	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3120		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3121		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3122		counting.
3123	Portability:
3124		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3125			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3126			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3127		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3128			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3129		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3130			Rosenman.
3131		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3132			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3133		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3134			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3135			of Pacific Access.
3136		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3137			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3138		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3139			Microsystems.
3140	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3141		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3142		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3143	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3144		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3145	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3146		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3147	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3148		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3149	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3150		Virginia Tech.
3151	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3152		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3153		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3154	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3155	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3156		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3157		gmbh.
3158	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3159		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3160	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3161		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3162		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3163		of Kyoto University.
3164	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3165		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3166		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3167		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3168		version.
3169	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3170		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3171		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3172	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3173	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3174		or *-owner.
3175	New Files:
3176		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3177		contrib/buildvirtuser
3178		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3179
31808.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3181	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3182		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3183	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3184		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3185		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3186		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3187		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3188	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3189		wildcards.
3190	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3191		process may close the connection before the child process
3192		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3193		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3194		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3195	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3196		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3197	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3198		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3199		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3200		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3201	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3202		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3203		of EarthLink.
3204	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3205	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3206		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3207		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3208	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3209		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3210	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3211		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3212		Fournier of Acadia University.
3213	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3214		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3215		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3216		one of the others may be able to take over.
3217	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3218		previous load average query result.
3219	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3220		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3221		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3222		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3223	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3224		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3225	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3226		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3227		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3228	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3229		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3230	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3231		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3232		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3233	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3234		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3235	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3236		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3237		University of British Columbia.
3238	Portability:
3239		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3240			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3241			override the setting.  Suggested by
3242			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3243		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3244			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3245			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3246		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3247			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3248			College.
3249		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3250			Tom Moore of NCR.
3251		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3252			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3253		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3254			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3255			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3256		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3257			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3258			Consulting.
3259	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3260		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3261	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3262		errors in the MAIL address.
3263	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3264		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3265	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3266		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3267	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3268		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3269		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3270		Ericsson.
3271	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3272		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3273		mailer as described in cf/README.
3274	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3275		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3276	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3277		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3278	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3279		sendmail.
3280	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3281		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3282		Meteorological Institute.
3283	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3284	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3285		dot as the only character on the line.
3286	New Files:
3287		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3288
32898.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3290	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3291		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3292		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3293		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3294		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3295		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3296		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3297	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3298		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3299		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3300		Systems in this category should compile with
3301		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3302		system and report broken implementations to
3303		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3304		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3305	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3306		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3307		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3308	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3309		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3310		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3311		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3312	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3313		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3314		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3315		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3316	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3317		random data.
3318	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3319		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3320		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3321	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3322		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3323		Martin of CMU.
3324	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3325		strength factor.
3326	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3327		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3328		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3329		of CMU.
3330	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3331		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3332		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3333	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3334		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3335		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3336		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3337		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3338		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3339		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3340		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3341	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3342		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3343		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3344		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3345		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3346		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3347	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3348		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3349		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3350		of Sun Microsystems.
3351	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3352		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3353		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3354		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3355		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3356		delivery attempts.
3357	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3358		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3359		smoe.org.
3360	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3361		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3362		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3363	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3364		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3365	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3366		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3367		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3368		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3369	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3370		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3371		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3372	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3373		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3374		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3375		of Northern Illinois University.
3376	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3377		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3378	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3379		to kilobyte units.
3380	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3381		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3382		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3383		Polytechnic.
3384	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3385		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3386		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3387		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3388	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3389		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3390		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3391	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3392		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3393	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3394		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3395		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3396	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3397		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3398		G. Thomas Consulting.
3399	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3400		port number (113).
3401	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3402		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3403	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3404		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
3405		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3406	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3407		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3408		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3409		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3410	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3411		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3412		University of Mainz.
3413	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3414		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3415	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
3416		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3417	Portability:
3418		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3419			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
3420			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3421		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3422		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3423			work properly causing problems if the accept()
3424			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
3425			from Tom Moore of NCR.
3426		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
3427			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3428		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3429			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
3430			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3431			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3432			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3433	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3434		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3435	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3436		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
3437		confCACERT			CACERTFile
3438		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
3439		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
3440		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
3441		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
3442		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
3443		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
3444	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3445		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
3446		cf/README for more information.
3447	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3448	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3449		called due to a STARTTLS command.
3450	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3451		instead of temporary.
3452	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3453		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3454		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3455		Consulting.
3456	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3457		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
3458		RootsWeb.com.
3459	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3460		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3461		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3462		University of Maryland.
3463	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
3464		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3465	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3466		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3467		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3468		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3469		of the University of Alberta.
3470	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3471		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3472	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3473	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3474		of X.509 certificates.
3475	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
3476		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3477		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
3478		Universitat Regensburg.
3479	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3480		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3481	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3482		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3483	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3484		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3485	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3486		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3487		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3488	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3489		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3490	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3491		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3492		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3493		University.
3494	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3495	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3496		links.
3497	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3498		reported.
3499	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3500		Denman Tire Corporation.
3501	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3502		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3503	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3504	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3505		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
3506	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
3507		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3508	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3509		have a From line.
3510	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3511		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3512	Added Files:
3513		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
3514		contrib/cidrexpand
3515		contrib/link_hash.sh
3516		contrib/movemail.conf
3517		contrib/movemail.pl
3518		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3519		test/t_snprintf.c
3520
35218.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
3522	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3523		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3524		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3525		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
3526		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3527	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3528		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3529	Added Files:
3530		test/t_setuid.c
3531
35328.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
3533	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3534		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3535		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
3536		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3537		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
3538		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3539	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3540		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3541	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3542	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3543		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
3544		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3545	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3546		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
3547		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3548	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
3549		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3550	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3551	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3552		or higher.
3553	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3554		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3555	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3556	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3557		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3558		Polytechnic Institute.
3559	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3560		discards the message.
3561	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3562		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3563		attempted to the alias.
3564	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3565		flag options.
3566	Portability:
3567		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3568			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3569			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
3570			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
3571			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3572		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
3573			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3574		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3575			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3576		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3577		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3578			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3579		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3580			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3581			Services, LLC.
3582		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3583			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
3584			Courtesan Consulting.
3585		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
3586			Siemens Business Services.
3587	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3588		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3589		of WSRCC.
3590	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3591	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3592		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3593	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3594		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3595	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3596	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3597		of NEC.
3598	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3599		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3600	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3601		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3602		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3603		Virginia Tech.
3604	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3605		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3606		University.
3607	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3608		for other internal projects but included in the open source
3609		release.
3610	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3611		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3612		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
3613		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3614	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3615		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3616		Sendmail.
3617	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3618		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
3619		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3620	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3621		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
3622	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
3623		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3624		Northern Illinois University.
3625	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3626		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3627		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
3628		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3629	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3630		Polytechnique de Montreal.
3631	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3632		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3633		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3634	Added Files:
3635		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3636		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3637	Deleted Files:
3638		contrib/converting.sun.configs
3639	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3640		doc/intro
3641		doc/usenix
3642		doc/changes
3643
36448.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
3645	    *************************************************************
3646	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
3647	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
3648	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
3649	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
3650	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
3651	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
3652	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
3653	    * coach, and a friend.					*
3654	    *								*
3655	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
3656	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
3657	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
3658	    *************************************************************
3659	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3660		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3661		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3662		symbolic link target.
3663	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3664		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3665		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3666	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3667		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3668		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3669		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
3670		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3671		version of sendmail.
3672	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3673		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
3674		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3675		(IdS).
3676	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
3677		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
3678	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3679		for easier code sharing among the programs.
3680	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
3681		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3682		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3683		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3684		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3685		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3686	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3687		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3688		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3689		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3690	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3691		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3692		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3693	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3694		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3695		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3696	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3697		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
3698		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3699		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3700		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3701		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3702	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
3703		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3704		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3705	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3706		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3707		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
3708		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3709		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
3710		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3711	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3712		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3713		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3714		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3715	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3716		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3717		accordingly.
3718	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3719		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3720		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
3721		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3722		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
3723		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3724		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3725	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3726		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3727		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3728		InCert Software.
3729	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3730		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3731		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
3732	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3733		a control socket request.
3734	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3735		settings:
3736		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3737			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3738			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3739			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3740		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3741			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3742			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3743		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3744			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3745			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3746			delivery attempt.
3747		Timeout.resolver.retry
3748			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3749			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3750			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3751		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3752			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3753			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3754		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3755			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3756			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3757			delivery attempt.
3758		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3759	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3760		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3761		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3762		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3763		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3764		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3765		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3766		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3767		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3768		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3769	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3770		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3771		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3772		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3773		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3774		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3775		Telecommunications Ltd.
3776	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3777		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3778		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3779		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3780		Inc.
3781	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3782		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3783		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3784	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3785		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3786	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3787		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3788		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3789	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3790		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3791	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3792	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3793		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3794		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3795	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3796		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3797		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3798	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3799		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3800		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3801		Ltd.
3802	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3803		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3804		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3805		example mailer might be:
3806			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3807				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3808				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3809		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3810	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3811		instead.
3812	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3813		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3814		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3815		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3816	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3817		flags.
3818	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3819		body of the original message on delivery status
3820		notifications.
3821	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3822		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3823	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3824		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3825		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3826	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3827		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3828		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3829	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3830		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3831		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3832		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3833	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3834		Conwell of Boston University.
3835	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3836		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3837	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3838		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3839		@Home Network.
3840	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3841		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3842		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3843	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3844		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3845		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3846	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3847		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3848		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3849		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3850		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3851	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3852		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3853		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3854	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3855		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3856		Mathias Herberts.
3857	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3858		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3859		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3860		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3861		in check_compat).
3862	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3863		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3864		option.
3865	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3866	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3867		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3868	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3869		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3870	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3871	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3872		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3873	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3874		is set.
3875	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3876		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3877	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3878		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3879		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3880	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3881	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3882	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3883		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3884		a denial-of-service attack.
3885	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3886		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3887		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3888		overflow attacks.
3889	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3890		alias recursion.
3891	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3892	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3893	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3894		directly before the newline.
3895	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3896		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3897		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3898		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3899		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3900		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3901		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3902		could not be opened.
3903	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3904		value of this option is macro expanded.
3905	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3906		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3907	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3908		(along with the already existing macros):
3909		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3910		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3911		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3912		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3913		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3914		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3915		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3916	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3917		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3918		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3919		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3920		loopback net.
3921	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3922		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3923		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3924	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3925		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3926		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3927		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3928		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3929	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3930		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3931		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3932		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3933		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3934	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3935		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3936		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3937		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3938	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3939		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3940		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3941		Ericsson.
3942	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3943		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3944		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3945		of Ericsson.
3946	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3947		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3948		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3949	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3950		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3951		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3952	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3953		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3954		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3955		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3956	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3957		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3958	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3959		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3960	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3961		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3962		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3963	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3964	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3965		equate name.
3966	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3967		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3968	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3969		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3970	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3971		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3972		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3973		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3974		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3975		David Cooley of Colby College.
3976	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3977		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3978		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3979		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3980		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3981	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3982		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3983		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3984		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3985		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3986		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3987		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3988		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3989		of Stanford University.
3990	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3991		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3992	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3993		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3994		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3995		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3996		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3997		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3998		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3999	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4000		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4001		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4002		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4003	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4004	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4005		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4006	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4007		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4008		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4009		comma separated key and value strings.
4010	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4011		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4012		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4013		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4014		a single connection to that host.
4015	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4016	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4017		LDAP lookups.
4018	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4019		resources.
4020	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4021	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4022	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4023		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4024		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4025		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4026		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4027		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4028		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4029		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4030		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4031		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4032		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4033		with the name "*".
4034	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4035		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4036		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4037		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4038		matches to return.
4039	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4040		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4041		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4042		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4043		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4044		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4045		are defined.
4046	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4047		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4048		Tech.
4049	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4050		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4051		important if you have large classes.
4052	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4053		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4054		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4055	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4056		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4057		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4058		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4059		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4060		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4061	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4062		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4063		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4064		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4065		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4066		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4067		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4068		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4069	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4070		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4071		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4072		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4073		has no effect.
4074	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4075		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4076	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4077		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4078	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4079		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4080	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4081		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4082	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4083		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4084		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4085		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4086		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4087	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4088		10 or higher.
4089	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4090		information (from= syslog line).
4091	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4092		equate (dsn=).
4093	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4094	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4095		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4096		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4097	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4098		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4099		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4100	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4101		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4102	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4103		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4104		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4105		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4106		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4107		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4108	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4109		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4110		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4111	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4112		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4113		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4114	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4115		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4116		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4117	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4118		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4119	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4120		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4121		multiple files.
4122	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4123		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4124		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4125		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4126		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4127		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4128		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4129		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4130		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4131	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4132		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4133	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4134		length before the attempt.
4135	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4136		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4137		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4138		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4139		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4140	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4141		host status files, not all files.
4142	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4143		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4144		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4145		Wonderworks Inc.
4146	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4147		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4148		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4149		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4150		of Hannover.
4151	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4152		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4153		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4154		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4155		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4156		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4157	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4158		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4159		flag:
4160			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4161		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4162		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4163		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4164	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4165		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4166		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4167		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4168		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4169		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4170		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4171	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4172		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4173		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4174		version.
4175	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4176	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4177	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4178		if referencing a named ruleset.
4179	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4180		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4181	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4182		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4183		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4184		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4185		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4186		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4187		the University of Maryland.
4188	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4189		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4190	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4191		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4192	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4193		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4194		COMMANDS).
4195	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4196		but for outgoing connections.
4197	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4198		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4199			a	require authentication
4200			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4201				been received
4202			c	perform hostname canonification
4203			f	require fully qualified hostname
4204			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4205				command
4206			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4207			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4208	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4209			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4210	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4211	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4212		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4213		Institutes of Health.
4214	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4215		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4216	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4217	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4218		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4219	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4220	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4221		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4222	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4223		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4224	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4225		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4226		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4227	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4228		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4229		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4230	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4231	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4232		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4233		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4234	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4235		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4236		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4237		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4238		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4239	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4240		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4241		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4242		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4243		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4244		timeout.
4245	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4246		interface address structure when loading the system network
4247		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4248		Nanoteq.
4249	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4250		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4251		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4252		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4253		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4254	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4255		on load average.
4256	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4257		Northern Illinois University.
4258	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4259		envelope splitting has occurred.
4260	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4261		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4262	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4263	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4264		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4265		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4266		Institute.
4267	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4268		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4269		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4270	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4271		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4272		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4273		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4274	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4275		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4276	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4277		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4278	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4279		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4280	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4281		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4282	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4283		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4284		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4285		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4286	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4287		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4288	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4289		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4290	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4291		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4292		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4293		University.
4294	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4295		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4296		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4297	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4298		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4299		ruleset lines as well.
4300	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4301		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4302		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4303		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4304		Institute.
4305	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4306		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4307		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4308	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4309		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4310		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4311		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4312	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4313		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4314		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4315		of Ericsson.
4316	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4317		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4318		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4319		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4320	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4321		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4322		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4323		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4324		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4325	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4326		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4327		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4328		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4329	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4330		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4331		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4332		University.
4333	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4334		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4335		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4336		'sendmail -bs'.
4337	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4338		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4339		them in the .cf file.
4340	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4341		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4342		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4343		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4344	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4345		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4346	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4347		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4348		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4349	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4350		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4351		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4352		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4353		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4354	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4355		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4356	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4357		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4358		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4359	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4360		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4361	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4362		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4363		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4364	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4365		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4366		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4367	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4368		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4369		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4370		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4371	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4372		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4373		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4374		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4375		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4376		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4377	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4378		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4379		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4380		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4381		don't fail on ANY queries.
4382	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4383		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4384		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4385		Northern Illinois University.
4386	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4387		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4388		State University.
4389	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4390		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4391		Northern Illinois University.
4392	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4393		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4394	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4395	Portability:
4396		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4397			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4398			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4399			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
4400			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4401		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4402			This allows network interface probing to work
4403			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
4404			University of Iowa.
4405		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4406		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4407			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4408			name.
4409		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4410		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4411			Virginia Tech.
4412		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4413		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4414			Amsterdam.
4415		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4416		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4417			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4418		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4419			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4420			in building the operating system.  Users can
4421			override the defaults by setting confCC and
4422			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4423		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4424		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4425		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4426			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4427		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4428			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4429		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4430			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4431		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4432			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4433		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
4434			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4435		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4436			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4437			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4438		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4439		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4440			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
4441			use that value in conf.h.
4442		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
4443			BITart Consulting.
4444		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4445			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4446			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4447			Computer, Inc.
4448		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
4449			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4450			of E I A.
4451		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4452			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4453		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4454			fchown(2).
4455		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4456			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
4457		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4458			srandomdev(3).
4459		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4460			setlogin(2).
4461		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4462			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
4463			Siemens Business Services.
4464		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4465			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4466			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4467		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
4468			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4469		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4470			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4471			Aerospace.
4472		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4473			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4474			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4475		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4476			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4477			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4478			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4479			University.
4480		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
4481			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4482			Technology Information Network.
4483		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
4484			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4485		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4486		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4487			and OpenBSD.
4488		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4489			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
4490			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
4491			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4492	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
4493		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
4494		details.
4495	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4496		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4497	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4498	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4499		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4500		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4501	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
4502		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
4503		Courtesan Consulting.
4504	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4505	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4506		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4507		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4508	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4509		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4510		multiple times.
4511	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4512		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4513		with From:).
4514	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4515		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4516	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4517		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
4518		new functionality.
4519	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4520		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
4521		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
4522		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
4523		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
4524		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
4525		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
4526		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
4527		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
4528		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
4529		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
4530		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
4531		confPID_FILE			PidFile
4532		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
4533		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
4534		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
4535		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4536		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4537		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4538		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
4539		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4540		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4541		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
4542		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
4543	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4544		which takes the options as argument and can be used
4545		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4546	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4547		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4548		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
4549		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4550		to "IPC $h".
4551	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4552		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4553		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4554	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4555		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
4556		value should be changed with care.
4557	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4558		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4559	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4560		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4561		complain.
4562	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4563		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
4564		of Q7 Enterprises.
4565	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4566		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4567		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4568		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4569	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4570		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4571		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4572		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4573		of Northern Illinois University.
4574	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4575		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4576		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4577	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4578		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4579		in it.
4580	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4581		in class 'P' ($=P).
4582	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4583		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4584		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4585		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
4586		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4587		is added.
4588	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4589		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4590	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4591		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4592	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4593		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4594	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
4595		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4596	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4597		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4598	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
4599		Hubert of University of Washington.
4600	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4601		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
4602		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4603	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4604	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4605		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
4606		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4607	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
4608		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4609		Services.
4610	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4611		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4612		Aerospace.
4613	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4614		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4615		University and Brian Candler.
4616	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4617		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4618	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4619		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4620		Institute.
4621	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4622		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4623	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4624		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4625		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4626	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4627		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4628	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4629		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4630		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4631	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4632		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
4633		Willamette Industries, Inc.
4634	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4635		converted to <user@d>
4636	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4637		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4638	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4639		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4640		performed.
4641	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4642		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4643		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4644		Institute.
4645	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4646		be accessed by their numbers).
4647	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4648		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4649		of an address.
4650	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4651		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4652		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4653		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4654	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4655		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4656		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4657	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4658		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4659	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4660	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4661		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4662		Institute.
4663	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4664	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4665		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4666		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
4667		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4668	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4669		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4670		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4671	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4672		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4673	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4674		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4675	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4676		University of California at Berkeley.
4677	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4678		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4679	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
4680		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4681	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4682		Corporation UK.
4683	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4684	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4685		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4686		Yale University.
4687	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4688		be used for building.
4689	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4690		used for a fresh build.
4691	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4692	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4693		ranlib.
4694	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4695		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4696	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4697		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
4698		Costales.
4699	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4700		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4701		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4702		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4703	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
4704		of Siemens Business Services.
4705	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4706		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4707		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
4708		torek.
4709	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4710		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4711		They should contain the C source files for the object files
4712		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
4713		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4714	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4715		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
4716		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4717		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4718		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4719	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
4720		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4721		are in devtools/README.
4722	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4723		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4724	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4725		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
4726		new variable which identifies the root of the source
4727		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4728	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4729		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4730		macro.
4731	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4732	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4733		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4734		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4735		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4736		Corporation.
4737	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4738		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4739		confMANROOTMAN.
4740	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4741		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
4742		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4743	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4744		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4745		Communications.
4746	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4747		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4748	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4749		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
4750		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4751	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4752		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4753		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4754	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4755		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4756		install-strip target.
4757	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4758		the others (if it exists).
4759	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4760		then the default ones.
4761	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4762		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4763		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4764		to set the S flag.
4765	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4766		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4767		Northern Illinois University.
4768	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4769		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4770		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4771	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4772		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4773		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4774		University.
4775	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4776		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4777		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4778		University.
4779	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4780		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4781		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4782		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4783		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4784		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4785		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4786		University.
4787	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4788		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4789		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4790	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4791		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4792		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4793		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4794		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4795		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4796		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4797		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4798		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4799		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4800		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4801	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4802		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4803		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4804	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4805		timeout to avoid starvation.
4806	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4807		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4808		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4809	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4810	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4811		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4812		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4813		of Maryland.
4814	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4815		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4816		sendmail configuration file.
4817	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4818		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4819		option.
4820	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4821		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4822	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4823		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4824	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4825		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4826	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4827		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4828	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4829		Corporation UK.
4830	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4831		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4832		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4833		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4834	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4835		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4836		Institute for Global Communications.
4837	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4838		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4839		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4840	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4841		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4842		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4843	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4844		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4845		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4846	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4847		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4848	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4849	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4850		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4851	Changed Files:
4852		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4853			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4854			which execute the actual Build script in
4855			devtools/bin.
4856		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4857			-mandoc as they were previously.
4858		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4859			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4860			required for Build).
4861	New Directories:
4862		devtools/M4/UNIX
4863		include
4864		libmilter
4865		libsmdb
4866		libsmutil
4867		vacation
4868	Renamed Directories:
4869		BuildTools => devtools
4870		src => sendmail
4871	Deleted Files:
4872		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4873		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4874		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4875		devtools/OS/SINIX
4876		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4877	New Files:
4878		INSTALL
4879		PGPKEYS
4880		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4881		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4882		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4883		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4884		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4885		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4886		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4887		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4888		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4889		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4890		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4891		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4892		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4893		contrib/domainmap.m4
4894		contrib/qtool.8
4895		contrib/qtool.pl
4896		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4897		devtools/M4/list.m4
4898		devtools/M4/string.m4
4899		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4900		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4901		devtools/OS/Darwin
4902		devtools/OS/GNU
4903		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4904		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4905		devtools/OS/m88k
4906		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4907		mail.local/Makefile
4908		mailstats/Makefile
4909		makemap/Makefile
4910		praliases/Makefile
4911		rmail/Makefile
4912		sendmail/Makefile
4913		sendmail/bf.h
4914		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4915		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4916		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4917		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4918		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4919		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4920		sendmail/timers.c
4921		sendmail/timers.h
4922		smrsh/Makefile
4923		vacation/Makefile
4924	Renamed Files:
4925		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4926		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4927		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4928		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4929		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4930		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4931		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4932		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4933		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4934	Copied Files:
4935		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4936
49378.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4938	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4939		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4940		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4941		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4942		Schools" project (IdS).
4943	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4944		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4945		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4946		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4947	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4948		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4949		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4950		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4951	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4952		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4953		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4954		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4955	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4956		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4957	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4958		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4959		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4960		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4961		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4962		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4963	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4964		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4965		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4966		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4967	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4968		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4969		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4970		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4971	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4972		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4973	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4974		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4975		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4976		group of the IETF.
4977	Portability:
4978		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4979			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4980			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4981			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4982			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4983			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4984			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4985			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4986			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4987			Technical University of Denmark.
4988		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4989			Supercomputer Center.
4990		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4991			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4992			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4993			of Stanford University.
4994		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4995			between different releases.  Back out the
4996			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4997			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4998			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4999			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5000		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5001			of Siemens/SNI.
5002		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5003	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5004		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5005		University of Brno.
5006	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5007		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5008		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5009	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5010		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5011		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5012	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5013		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5014	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5015		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5016		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5017	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5018		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5019		MIDS Europe.
5020	New Files:
5021		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5022		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5023		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5024
50258.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5026	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5027		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5028		for a denial of service attack.
5029	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5030		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5031	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5032		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5033		Corporation UK.
5034	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5035		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5036	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5037		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5038	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5039		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5040		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5041		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5042		Internet Services.
5043	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5044		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5045		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5046		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5047	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5048		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5049		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5050	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5051		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5052	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5053		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5054		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5055	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5056		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5057		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5058	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5059		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5060		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5061		Internet Services.
5062	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5063		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5064		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5065	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5066		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5067		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5068		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5069		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5070		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5071		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5072		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5073		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5074		extended testing.
5075	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5076		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5077	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5078		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5079		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5080		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5081	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5082		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5083		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5084		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5085		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5086	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5087		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5088		Network.
5089	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5090		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5091	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5092		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5093		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5094		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5095		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5096	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5097		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5098		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5099	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5100		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5101	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5102		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5103		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5104		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5105		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5106	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5107		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5108		Meteorological Institute.
5109	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5110	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5111		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5112	Portability:
5113		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5114		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5115			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5116			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5117		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5118			reading network interface addresses into
5119			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5120			Cal State University, Chico.
5121		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5122			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5123			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5124			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5125		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5126			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5127		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5128		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5129			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5130		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5131		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5132			of Sun Microsystems.
5133		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5134			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5135		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5136			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5137		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5138			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5139		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5140			of E I A.
5141		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5142			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5143			Information Center.
5144		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5145			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5146			Institute.
5147		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5148			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5149	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5150		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5151		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5152	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5153		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5154		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5155		Manawatu Internet Services.
5156	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5157		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5158		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5159		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5160		of Northern Illinois University.
5161	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5162		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5163		Kiel.
5164	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5165		Dot Com.
5166	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5167		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5168		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5169	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5170		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5171		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5172		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5173		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5174		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5175	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5176		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5177	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5178		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5179	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5180		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5181	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5182		the envelope From header.
5183	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5184		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5185	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5186		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5187	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5188		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5189		Portal Services, Inc.
5190	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5191		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5192		Sun Microsystems.
5193	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5194	New Files:
5195		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5196		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5197		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5198		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5199		src/control.c
5200
52018.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5202	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5203		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5204		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5205		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5206	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5207		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5208		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5209		Meteorological Institute.
5210	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5211		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5212		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5213	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5214		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5215		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5216		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5217	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5218		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5219	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5220		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5221	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5222		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5223		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5224	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5225		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5226		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5227		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5228	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5229		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5230		Flextech TV.
5231	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5232		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5233		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5234	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5235		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5236		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5237		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5238	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5239		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5240	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5241		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5242	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5243		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5244		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5245	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5246		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5247		University.
5248	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5249		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5250		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5251		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5252		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5253		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5254	Portability:
5255		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5256			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5257			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5258			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5259		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5260			of BSDI.
5261		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5262			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5263			PICT Inc.
5264		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5265			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5266		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5267			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5268	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5269		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5270		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5271		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5272	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5273		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5274		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5275	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5276		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5277		would not accept @@hostname.
5278	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5279		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5280	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5281		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5282		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5283	New Files:
5284		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5285
52868.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5287	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5288		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5289		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5290		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5291		which need the ability to override security can use the
5292		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5293		information.
5294	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5295		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5296		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5297		world writable directories.
5298	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5299		it is in a world writable directory.
5300	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5301		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5302		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5303		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5304		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5305	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5306		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5307		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5308	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5309		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5310		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5311		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5312		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5313		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5314		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5315		default.
5316	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5317		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5318		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5319		the University of Maryland.
5320	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5321		of Cal State University, Chico.
5322	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5323		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5324		current version of Berkeley DB.
5325	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5326		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5327	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5328		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5329		of Maryland.
5330	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5331		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5332		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5333		Microsystems.
5334	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5335		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5336		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5337		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5338	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5339		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5340	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5341		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5342		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5343		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5344	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5345		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5346		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5347		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5348		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5349	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5350		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5351		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5352		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5353	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5354		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5355		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5356	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5357		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5358		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5359	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5360		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5361		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5362		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5363		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5364		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5365		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5366		relaying entirely.
5367	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5368		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5369		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5370		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5371	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5372		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5373		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5374		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5375	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5376		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5377		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5378		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5379		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5380	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5381		sender for those failures.
5382	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5383		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5384		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5385		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5386		of Ericsson.
5387	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5388		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5389		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5390		of Procter & Gamble.
5391	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5392		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5393		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5394		of Procter & Gamble.
5395	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5396		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5397		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5398		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
5399		DontBlameSendmail options are:
5400			Safe
5401			AssumeSafeChown
5402			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5403			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5404			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5405			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5406			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5407			GroupWritableAliasFile
5408			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5409			WorldWritableAliasFile
5410			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5411			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5412			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5413			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5414			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5415			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5416			MapInUnsafeDirPath
5417			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5418			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5419			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5420			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5421			LinkedMapInWritableDir
5422			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5423			FileDeliveryToHardLink
5424			FileDeliveryToSymLink
5425			WriteMapToHardLink
5426			WriteMapToSymLink
5427			WriteStatsToHardLink
5428			WriteStatsToSymLink
5429			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5430			RunWritableProgram
5431	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5432		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
5433		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5434		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5435		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5436	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5437		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5438	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5439		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5440	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5441	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5442		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5443		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5444		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5445		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5446	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5447		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5448		contrast to the success case).
5449	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
5450		of the form:
5451			HHeader: $>Ruleset
5452		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5453		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5454		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5455	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5456		from hiding their connection information in Received:
5457		headers.
5458	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5459		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
5460		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5461		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5462	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5463		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
5464		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5465		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
5466		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5467		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5468	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5469		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5470		remote identity can be queried.
5471	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5472		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5473		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
5474		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5475	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5476		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5477		some of the details are determined dynamically via
5478		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5479	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5480		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5481		the new Build method which creates an operating system
5482		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5483	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5484		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5485		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
5486		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5487		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
5488		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5489	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5490		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5491		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5492		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5493		This means that even if only one of the recipients
5494		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5495		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5496	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5497		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
5498		of CNET: The Computer Network.
5499	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5500	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5501		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5502	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5503		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5504	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5505		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5506		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5507		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5508	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5509		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5510		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5511		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5512	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5513		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
5514		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5515	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5516		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5517		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5518		Institute.
5519	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5520		mail.local.
5521	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5522		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
5523		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5524	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5525		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5526		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5527	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5528		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5529		of InfoBeat, Inc.
5530	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
5531		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5532	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5533		mailstats command.
5534	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5535		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
5536		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5537	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5538		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5539		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
5540		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5541	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
5542		Ericsson.
5543	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5544		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
5545		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
5546		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5547	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5548		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
5549		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5550		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5551		Stratus Computer, Inc.
5552	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5553		currently supported version.
5554	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
5555		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5556	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5557		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5558		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
5559		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5560	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5561		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5562		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5563		message in error bounces.
5564	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5565		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5566		Digital Equipment Corporation.
5567	Portability:
5568		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5569			of Kyoto University.
5570		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
5571			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5572			Maryland.
5573		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5574		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5575			in Finland.
5576		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5577			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5578			the University of Maryland.
5579		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5580			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5581		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5582			Meteorological Institute.
5583		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5584			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5585		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5586		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5587		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5588		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5589			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
5590			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
5591			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5592			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5593		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
5594			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5595		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5596			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
5597			Microsystems.
5598	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5599	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5600		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
5601		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5602	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5603		directory for certain programs.
5604	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5605		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5606		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5607		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
5608		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5609	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5610		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
5611		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
5612		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5613	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5614		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5615		the user to setup different .forward files for
5616		user+detail addressing.
5617	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5618		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5619		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5620	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5621		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5622		outside your domain).
5623	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5624		any site to any site.
5625	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5626		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5627	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5628		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5629	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5630		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
5631		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5632		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
5633		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5634	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5635		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5636	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5637		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5638	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5639		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5640		host names only.
5641	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
5642		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
5643		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5644		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5645		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
5646		needed for most installations.
5647	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5648		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
5649		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5650		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5651		the University of Maryland.
5652	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5653		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5654		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5655	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5656		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5657		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5658	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5659		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5660	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5661		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5662	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5663		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
5664		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5665		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
5666		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5667	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5668		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5669		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
5670		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
5671		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
5672		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5673		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5674	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5675		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5676	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5677		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
5678		above for more information.
5679	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5680		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5681		Meteorological Institute.
5682	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5683		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5684		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
5685		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
5686		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5687	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5688		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5689	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5690		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5691		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5692		MustQuoteChars respectively.
5693	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
5694		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5695		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
5696		CMU (now of Netscape).
5697	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5698		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
5699		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
5700		read mail.local/README.
5701	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5702		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5703		University of Maryland.
5704	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5705		University, Chico.
5706	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5707		Meteorological Institute.
5708	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5709		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5710		University of Maryland.
5711	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5712		such as linked files in world writable directories.
5713	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5714	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5715	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
5716		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5717		Braunschweig.
5718	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
5719		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5720		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5721	Changed Files:
5722		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5723			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5724		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5725	New Files:
5726		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5727		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5728		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5729		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5730		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5731		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5732		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5733		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5734		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5735		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5736		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5737		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5738		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5739		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5740		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5741		BuildTools/OS/QNX
5742		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5743		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5744		BuildTools/README
5745		BuildTools/Site/README
5746		BuildTools/bin/Build
5747		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5748		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5749		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5750		Makefile
5751		cf/cf/Build
5752		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5753		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5754		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5755		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5756		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5757		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5758		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5759		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5760		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5761		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5762		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5763		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5764		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5765		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5766		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5767		mail.local/Build
5768		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5769		mail.local/README
5770		mailstats/Build
5771		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5772		makemap/Build
5773		makemap/Makefile.m4
5774		praliases/Build
5775		praliases/Makefile.m4
5776		rmail/Build
5777		rmail/Makefile.m4
5778		rmail/rmail.0
5779		smrsh/Build
5780		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5781		src/Build
5782		src/Makefile.m4
5783		src/snprintf.c
5784	Deleted Files:
5785		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5786		mail.local/Makefile
5787		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5788		mailstats/Makefile
5789		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5790		makemap/Makefile
5791		makemap/Makefile.dist
5792		praliases/Makefile
5793		praliases/Makefile.dist
5794		rmail/Makefile
5795		smrsh/Makefile
5796		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5797		src/Makefile
5798		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5799		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5800			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5801		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5802	Renamed Files:
5803		READ_ME => README
5804		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5805		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5806		src/READ_ME => src/README
5807
58088.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5809	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5810		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5811		Meteorological Institute.
5812	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5813		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5814		Arseneault of SRI International.
5815	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5816		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5817		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5818	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5819		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5820	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5821		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5822		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5823		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5824	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5825		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5826		River Systems.
5827	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5828		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5829		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5830		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5831		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5832	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5833		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5834		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5835		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5836		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5837	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5838		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5839		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5840		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5841	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5842	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5843		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5844	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5845		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5846		results during a single message processing (but would
5847		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5848		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5849	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5850		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5851		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5852	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5853		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5854		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5855		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5856	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5857		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5858		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5859		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5860	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5861		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5862		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5863		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5864		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5865		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5866		Associates.
5867	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5868		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5869		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5870		could cause confusing error messages.
5871	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5872		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5873		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5874		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5875		SuperNet, Inc.
5876	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5877		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5878	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5879		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5880		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5881	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5882		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5883		dropped.
5884	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5885		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5886		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5887	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5888		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5889		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5890	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5891		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5892		Institute.
5893	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5894		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5895		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5896		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5897	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5898		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5899		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5900	Minor lint fixes.
5901	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5902		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5903		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5904		of Stanford University.
5905	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5906		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5907		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5908	Portability:
5909		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5910			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5911			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5912			Electronic Data Systems.
5913		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5914			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5915		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5916		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5917			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5918			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5919			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5920			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5921			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5922			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5923		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5924			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5925			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5926			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5927		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5928			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5929		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5930			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5931		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5932			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5933			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5934			Services.
5935		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5936			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5937		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5938			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5939			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5940		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5941			Services VAS.
5942	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5943	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5944	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5945			Ericsson.
5946
59478.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5948	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5949		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5950		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5951		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5952		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5953		GmbH.
5954	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5955		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5956		of Technology, Stockholm.
5957	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5958		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5959		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5960		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5961		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5962	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5963		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5964		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5965		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5966	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5967		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5968		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5969		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5970	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5971		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5972		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5973		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5974	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5975	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5976		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5977		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5978	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5979		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5980		have to assume that the information is good.
5981	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5982		open or locked.
5983	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5984	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5985		errors during testing.
5986	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5987		printed in the error message.
5988	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5989		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5990	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5991		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5992		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5993	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5994		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5995		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5996	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5997		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5998		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5999		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6000		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6001		Results Computing.
6002	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6003		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6004		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6005		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6006		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6007	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6008		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6009		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6010		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6011		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6012		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6013		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6014		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6015		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6016		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6017		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6018		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6019		simultaneously.
6020	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6021		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6022	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6023		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6024		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6025	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6026		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6027		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6028		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6029	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6030		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6031		CSU Chico.
6032	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6033		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6034		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6035		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6036	Portability:
6037		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6038			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6039			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6040			be used instead.
6041		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6042			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6043		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6044		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6045		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6046			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6047		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6048			in Makefiles.
6049		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6050			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6051		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6052			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6053			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6054			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6055			NCR Corp.
6056		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6057			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6058		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6059			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6060			Resource Network
6061		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6062			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6063			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6064			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6065			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6066			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6067		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6068			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6069			Corp.
6070		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6071			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6072			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6073		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6074			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6075		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6076			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6077			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6078			PlainTalk.
6079	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6080		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6081		by Harry Styron.
6082	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6083		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6084	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6085	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6086		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6087		changed after open".
6088	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6089		files.
6090	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6091	NEW FILES:
6092		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6093		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6094		test/t_exclopen.c
6095		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6096	DELETED FILES:
6097		Makefile
6098
60998.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6100	    *************************************************************
6101	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6102	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6103	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6104	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6105	    *************************************************************
6106	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6107		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6108		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6109		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6110		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6111		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6112		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6113		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6114		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6115		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6116		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6117		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6118		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6119		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6120		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6121		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6122	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6123		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6124		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6125		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6126		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6127		another database; this can be used either to expose
6128		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6129		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6130		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6131		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6132		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6133		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6134		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6135		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6136		system directories.
6137	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6138		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6139		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6140		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6141		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6142		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6143		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6144	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6145		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6146		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6147		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6148		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6149		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6150		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6151		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6152		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6153		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6154		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6155		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6156		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6157		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6158		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6159		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6160	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6161		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6162		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6163		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6164		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6165		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6166	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6167		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6168		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6169	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6170		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6171		same host).
6172	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6173		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6174		from Theo de Raadt.
6175	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6176		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6177		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6178	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6179		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6180		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6181	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6182		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6183		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6184	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6185		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6186		Microsystems.
6187	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6188		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6189		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6190	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6191		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6192	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6193		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6194		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6195	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6196		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6197		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6198	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6199		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6200		Shapiro.
6201	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6202		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6203		Sun Microsystems.
6204	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6205		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6206		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6207		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6208		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6209		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6210	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6211		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6212		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6213		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6214		Mercury Mail.
6215	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6216		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6217		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6218		Morgan Stanley.
6219	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6220		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6221		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6222		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6223	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6224		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6225		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6226		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6227		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6228		not be run.
6229	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6230		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6231		printing.
6232	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6233		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6234		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6235	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6236		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6237	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6238	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6239		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6240		erroneous results during a single message processing
6241		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6242	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6243		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6244		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6245		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6246		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6247		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6248		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6249	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6250		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6251		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6252		address as "may be forged".
6253	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6254		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6255		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6256	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6257		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6258		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6259		of TwinCom.
6260	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6261		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6262		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6263		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6264	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6265		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6266		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6267	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6268		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6269		Institute.
6270	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6271		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6272		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6273		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6274		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6275		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6276		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6277		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6278	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6279		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6280		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6281		book (2nd edition).
6282	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6283		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6284		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6285		John Beck of SunSoft.
6286	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6287		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6288		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6289	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6290		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6291	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6292		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6293	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6294		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6295	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6296		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6297		returns.
6298	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6299		on some architectures.
6300	Portability:
6301		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6302		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6303			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6304			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6305			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6306			of Washington.
6307		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6308			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6309			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6310		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6311		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6312		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6313		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6314			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6315			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6316			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6317		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6318		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6319			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6320			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6321			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6322			Cambridge.
6323		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6324			Kari Hurtta.
6325		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6326			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6327			IRIX Makefile).
6328		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6329			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6330	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6331		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6332		Brian Candler.
6333	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6334		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6335		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6336	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6337		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6338		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6339	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6340		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6341		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6342	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6343		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6344		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6345	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6346		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6347		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6348	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6349		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6350		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6351		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6352		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6353	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6354		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6355		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6356		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6357	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6358		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6359		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6360	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6361	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6362		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6363		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6364		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6365		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6366	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6367		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6368		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6369		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6370		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6371		developers).
6372	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6373		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6374		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6375	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6376		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6377		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6378		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6379	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6380		NEXTSTEP.
6381	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6382		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6383		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6384		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6385		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6386	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6387		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6388		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6389		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6390		for system accounts.
6391	NEW FILES:
6392		src/safefile.c
6393		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6394		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6395		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6396		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6397		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6398	RENAMED FILES:
6399		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6400		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6401
64028.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
6403	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
6404		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6405		even if RunAsUser is specified.
6406	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
6407		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6408		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6409	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6410		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6411		University of Pennsylvania.
6412	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6413		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
6414		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6415		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6416		was unnecessarily awful.
6417	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6418		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6419		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6420	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6421		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6422		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6423		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6424		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6425		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6426	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6427		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6428	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6429		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
6430		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6431	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6432		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6433		Semiconductor Corp.
6434	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6435		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
6436		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6437		at Austin.
6438	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6439		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6440		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
6441		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
6442		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6443	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6444		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6445		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6446		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6447		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6448	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6449		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
6450		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6451		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
6452		Costales.
6453	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6454		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6455		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6456		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
6457		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6458	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6459		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6460		The current values and defaults are:
6461		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6462		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
6463		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
6464		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
6465		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6466	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6467		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6468		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6469	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
6470		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6471	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6472		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6473		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6474		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6475		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
6476		Eric Hagberg.
6477	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6478		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6479		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6480		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6481	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6482		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6483		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6484		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6485	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6486		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6487		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6488		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6489		Communications.
6490	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6491		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6492		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6493		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6494	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
6495		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6496	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6497		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6498	PORTABILITY:
6499		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6500			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6501		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6502			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6503		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6504		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6505			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6506			(Moscow).
6507		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6508		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6509		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6510		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6511		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6512			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6513	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6514		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
6515		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6516		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6517		Received: line.
6518	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6519		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
6520		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6521		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6522		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
6523		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6524	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6525		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
6526		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6527		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6528		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6529		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
6530		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
6531		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
6532		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6533		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6534	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6535		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6536		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
6537		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6538		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6539	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6540		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6541		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6542	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6543		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6544		Long Beach.
6545
65468.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
6547	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6548		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6549		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
6550		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6551		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
6552		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
6553		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6554	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6555		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6556		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
6557		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6558		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
6559		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
6560		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6561		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6562		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6563	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6564		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
6565		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6566	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6567		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6568		Problem noted by several people.
6569	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6570		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6571		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
6572		by several people.
6573	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6574		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6575	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6576		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6577		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6578		of Best Internet Communications.
6579	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
6580		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6581	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6582		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6583		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6584		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6585		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6586	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6587		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
6588	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6589		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6590	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6591		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6592	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6593		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6594		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
6595		by Roy Mongiovi.
6596	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
6597		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6598	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6599		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6600		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
6601		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
6602		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6603	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6604		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6605		of Kyoto University.
6606	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6607		conditions from Don Lewis.
6608	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6609		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6610		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6611		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
6612		patch from Bryan Costales.
6613	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6614		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6615			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
6616			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
6617			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6618			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6619		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
6620			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6621		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
6622			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6623		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
6624			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6625			of Tokyo.
6626		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6627			Services, Inc.
6628		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6629			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6630			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6631			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6632		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6633			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
6634	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6635		than one long one.  By popular demand.
6636	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
6637		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6638	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6639		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6640		of NTT Software Corporation.
6641	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6642	NEW FILES:
6643		contrib/etrn.pl
6644
66458.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
6646	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6647		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
6648		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6649		best-of-security list.
6650	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6651		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6652		should make it clearer to people that they are running
6653		the wrong binary.
6654	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6655		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6656		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6657		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
6658		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6659	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6660		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6661		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
6662		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6663	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6664		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6665	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6666		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6667		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
6668		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6669		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6670		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6671		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6672		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
6673		Eric Wassenaar.
6674	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
6675		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6676		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6677		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6678		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6679		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6680		UUNET.
6681	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6682		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6683		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6684		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
6685		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6686	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6687		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6688		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
6689		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6690	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
6691		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6692	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6693		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6694		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6695		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6696	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6697		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6698		University of Linkoping.
6699	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6700		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
6701		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6702	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6703		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6704		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6705		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6706		other end.
6707	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6708		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6709		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6710	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6711		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
6712		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
6713		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6714	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6715		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6716			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6717			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
6718			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6719		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6720			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6721		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6722			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6723		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6724			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6725			The outline of the implementation was contributed
6726			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6727		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6728			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6729			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6730			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6731			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
6732			Earickson of Colby College.
6733		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
6734			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6735			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6736			Kari Hurtta.
6737	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6738		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
6739		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6740	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6741		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6742		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
6743		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6744	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6745		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6746		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6747		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6748		University of Washington, Seattle.
6749	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6750		Polytechnic Institute.
6751	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6752		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6753	NEW FILES:
6754		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6755		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6756		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6757
67588.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6759	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6760		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6761	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6762		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6763			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6764			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6765	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6766		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6767	CONFIG: no changes.
6768
67698.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6770	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6771		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6772		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6773	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6774		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6775		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6776		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6777		of WPI.
6778	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6779		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6780		Kyoto University.
6781	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6782		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6783		on illegal host names.
6784	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6785		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6786		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6787	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6788		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6789		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6790	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6791		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6792		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6793	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6794		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6795		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6796	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6797		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6798		University of Leicester.
6799	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6800		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6801		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6802		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6803		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6804		University of Washington.
6805	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6806		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6807			people pointed this out.
6808		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6809		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6810			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6811	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6812		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6813	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6814		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6815		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6816		Softec.
6817	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6818		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6819	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6820		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6821
68228.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6823	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6824		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6825	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6826		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6827		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6828	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6829		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6830		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6831		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6832	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6833		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6834		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6835		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6836		NSC (Japan).
6837	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6838		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6839		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6840	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6841		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6842		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6843		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6844	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6845		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6846		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6847		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6848		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6849		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6850		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6851		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6852	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6853		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6854	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6855		printout.
6856	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6857	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6858		square braces.
6859	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6860		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6861		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6862	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6863		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6864		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6865		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6866	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6867		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6868		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6869		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6870	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6871		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6872		Dandelion Digital.
6873	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6874		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6875	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6876		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6877		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6878	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6879		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6880		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6881	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6882		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6883	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6884		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6885		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6886		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6887		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6888	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6889		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6890	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6891		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6892		mailers.
6893	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6894		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6895		Myers of CMU.
6896	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6897		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6898		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6899		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6900		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6901		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6902	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6903		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6904		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6905		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6906		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6907		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6908		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6909		parameter.
6910	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6911		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6912		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6913		University of Maryland.
6914	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6915		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6916	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6917		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6918		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6919	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6920		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6921		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6922		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6923		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6924		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6925		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6926	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6927		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6928		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6929		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6930		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6931	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6932		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6933		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6934		section 5.2.5.
6935	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6936		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6937		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6938		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6939		is for incoming connections only.
6940	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6941		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6942		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6943		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6944		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6945		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6946		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6947		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6948	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6949		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6950		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6951		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6952		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6953		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6954		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6955		that take a very long time to run.
6956	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6957		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6958		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6959	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6960		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6961		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6962	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6963		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6964		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6965	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6966		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6967		Costales.
6968	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6969		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6970		Technologies, Inc.
6971	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6972		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6973		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6974	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6975		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6976		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6977		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6978		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6979		different for this case.
6980	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6981		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6982		of Stanford University.
6983	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6984		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6985		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6986		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6987	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6988		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6989		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6990	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6991		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6992		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6993	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6994		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6995		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6996		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6997	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6998		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6999		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7000		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7001		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7002		Pasteur Institute.
7003	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7004		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7005		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7006		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7007	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7008		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7009		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7010		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7011		canonification.
7012	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7013		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7014		mailers.
7015	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7016		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7017		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7018		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7019		either of these in their configuration file.
7020	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7021		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7022		St. Peter's College.
7023	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7024		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7025	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7026		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7027	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7028		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7029	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7030		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7031		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7032		Costales.
7033	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7034		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7035		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7036		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7037		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7038		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7039		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7040		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7041		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7042		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7043		in rulesets.
7044	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7045		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7046		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7047		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7048		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7049		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7050		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7051		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7052	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7053		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7054		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7055		on that basis.
7056	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7057		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7058	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7059		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7060		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7061		Vixie.
7062	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7063		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7064		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7065		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7066	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7067		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7068		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7069		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7070		two characters $, +.
7071	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7072		debug_dumpstate.
7073	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7074		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7075		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7076		valid recipients.
7077	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7078		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7079		noted by Tom May.
7080	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7081		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7082		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7083		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7084	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7085		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7086		Computing Corporation.
7087	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7088		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7089		Internet Communications.
7090	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7091		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7092		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7093		of Lysator.
7094	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7095		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7096		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7097		of the University of Iceland.
7098	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7099		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7100		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7101		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7102		this change is a no-op.
7103	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7104		Costales.
7105	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7106		Bryan Costales.
7107	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7108		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7109	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7110		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7111	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7112		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7113	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7114		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7115		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7116		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7117	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7118		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7119		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7120		Jones of UUNET.
7121	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7122		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7123		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7124	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7125		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7126		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7127		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7128		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7129		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7130	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7131		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7132		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7133		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7134		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7135		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7136		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7137		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7138		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7139		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7140		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7141		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7142	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7143		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7144		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7145		of Stanford University.
7146	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7147		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7148		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7149		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7150		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7151		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7152		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7153	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7154		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7155		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7156		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7157		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7158		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7159	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7160		Motonori Nakamura.
7161	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7162		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7163		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7164		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7165	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7166		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7167		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7168		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7169		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7170		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7171		value is ".hoststat".
7172		There are also two new operation modes:
7173		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7174		    connections.
7175		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7176		    recent status information.
7177		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7178		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7179		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7180		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7181		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7182	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7183		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7184		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7185		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7186		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7187		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7188		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7189		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7190		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7191		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7192		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7193	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7194		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7195		Costales.
7196	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7197		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7198	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7199		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7200		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7201		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7202	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7203		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7204		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7205		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7206		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7207		Webmasters.
7208	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7209		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7210		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7211		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7212		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7213	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7214		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7215		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7216		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7217		of Washington, Seattle.
7218	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7219		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7220		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7221		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7222		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7223		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7224	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7225		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7226		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7227		Nakamura.
7228	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7229		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7230		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7231		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7232		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7233		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7234		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7235		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7236		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7237		well constrained.
7238	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7239		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7240		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7241		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7242		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7243	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7244		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7245		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7246		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7247		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7248		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7249	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7250		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7251		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7252	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7253		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7254		Wolfhugel.
7255	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7256		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7257	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7258		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7259		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7260	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7261		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7262	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7263		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7264		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7265		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7266		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7267	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7268		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7269		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7270		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7271	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7272		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7273		National University of Singapore.
7274	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7275		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7276		system can't cope with.
7277	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7278		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7279			Atlas International.
7280		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7281			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7282		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7283			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7284			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7285			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7286			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7287			Bernstein and Associates.
7288		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7289			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7290			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7291		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7292			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7293		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7294			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7295			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7296		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7297			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7298		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7299			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7300		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7301		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7302		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7303			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7304			Institute.
7305		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7306			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7307		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7308		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7309			Employment Standards Administration.
7310		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7311		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7312			Jr.
7313		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7314			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7315		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7316			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7317		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7318		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7319		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7320		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7321			of the University of Arizona.
7322		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7323			Vanderbilt University.
7324		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7325			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7326			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7327			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7328	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7329		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7330	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7331		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7332		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7333		Foundation.
7334	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7335	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7336		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7337		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7338		Myers of CMU.
7339	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7340		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7341		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7342	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7343		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7344		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7345		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7346		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7347		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7348		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7349		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7350	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7351		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7352		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7353		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7354		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7355		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7356		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7357	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7358		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7359		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7360		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7361			info@foo.com	foo-info
7362			info@bar.com	bar-info
7363			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7364		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7365		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7366		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7367		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7368		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7369		a great many people.
7370	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7371		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7372	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7373		"fax" mailer.
7374	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7375		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7376		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7377		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7378		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7379		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7380	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7381		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7382		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7383		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7384		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7385	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7386		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7387		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7388		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7389		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7390		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7391	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7392		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7393		of WPI.
7394	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7395		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7396		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7397	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7398		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
7399		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7400	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7401		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
7402		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7403		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7404	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7405	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7406		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7407		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
7408		by Andreas Luik.
7409	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7410		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7411		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7412	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7413		Wolfhugel.
7414	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7415	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
7416		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7417		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7418		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7419		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7420		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
7421		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7422	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7423		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7424		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7425		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7426		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7427	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
7428		Costales.
7429	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7430	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7431		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7432	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7433	NEW FILES:
7434		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7435		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7436		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7437		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7438		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7439		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7440		mailstats/mailstats.8
7441		praliases/praliases.8
7442		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7443		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7444		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7445		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7446		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7447		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
7448		cf/ostype/altos.m4
7449		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
7450		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7451		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
7452		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7453	DELETED FILES:
7454		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7455		contrib/xla/README
7456		contrib/xla/xla.c
7457	RENAMED FILES:
7458		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7459		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
7460		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
7461		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7462		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7463
74648.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
7465	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7466		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7467		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
7468		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7469		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7470	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7471		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
7472		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7473
74748.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
7475	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7476		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7477		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7478		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7479		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7480		and others.
7481
74828.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
7483	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7484		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7485		any user (except root).
7486	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7487		version number is unchanged.
7488
74898.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
7490	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7491		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
7492		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7493	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7494		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
7495		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7496		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7497	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
7498		Costales.
7499	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7500		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7501		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7502			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
7503			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7504			Stanford University.
7505	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7506		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7507
75088.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
7509	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7510		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
7511		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7512	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7513		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7514		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
7515		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7516		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
7517		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7518		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7519	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7520		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
7521		by Kari Hurtta.
7522	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7523		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7524		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7525		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7526		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7527		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7528		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7529		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
7530		bounces when it should have requeued.
7531	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7532		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7533		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
7534		John Hawkinson of Panix.
7535	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7536		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7537		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7538		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
7539		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
7540		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7541		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7542		Infobiogen.
7543	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
7544		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7545		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7546		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
7547		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7548	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7549		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7550	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7551		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7552		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7553	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7554		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
7555		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7556	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7557		underscores.
7558	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7559		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7560		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7561	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7562		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7563		included even if the user did not request success notification,
7564		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7565	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7566		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7567		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7568		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
7569		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7570	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
7571		Costales of ICSI.
7572	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7573		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
7574		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7575	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7576		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7577		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7578		Technological University.
7579	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7580		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
7581		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7582		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7583	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
7584		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7585	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7586		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7587	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7588		to have the database format of the alias files without the
7589		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7590		Inc.
7591	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7592		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7593		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7594	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7595		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7596		University.
7597	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7598		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
7599		Association for Progressive Communications.
7600	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7601		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7602		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7603		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7604		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
7605		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7606		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7607		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
7608	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7609		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
7610		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
7611		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7612	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7613		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7614		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
7615		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7616		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
7617		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7618	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7619		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7620			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
7621			James B. Davis of TCI.
7622		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
7623			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7624		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7625			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
7626			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7627			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7628			isn't supported on all compilers.
7629		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7630	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7631		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7632	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7633		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7634	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7635		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7636		(France).
7637	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7638		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7639	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7640		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
7641		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7642	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7643		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
7644		for different files.
7645	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
7646		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7647		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7648	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7649		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7650		changes).
7651
76528.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
7653	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7654		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7655		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
7656		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7657	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7658		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7659		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7660		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7661		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7662		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7663	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7664		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
7665		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7666		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7667		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7668		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7669		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7670		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
7671		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7672		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7673	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7674		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7675		results.  This could have security implications.
7676	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7677		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7678		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7679	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7680		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
7681		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7682		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
7683		Elz.
7684	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
7685		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7686	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7687		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7688		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7689		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7690		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
7691		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7692		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7693		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
7694		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
7695		domain names are your friends.
7696	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7697		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7698	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7699		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7700	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7701		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
7702		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7703		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7704		of TerraNet.
7705	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7706		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7707		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7708		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7709		of WPI.
7710	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7711		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7712			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
7713			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7714			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
7715			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7716		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7717			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7718		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7719		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7720		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7721			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
7722	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7723		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7724		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7725	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7726		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7727		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7728	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7729		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7730		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7731		Infobiogen (France).
7732	NEW FILES:
7733		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7734		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7735		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7736
77378.7/8.7		1995/09/16
7738	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7739		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7740		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7741		Global Communications.
7742	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7743		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7744	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7745		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
7746		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7747		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
7748		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7749	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7750		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7751		can be confusing.
7752	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7753		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7754	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7755		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7756	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7757		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7758		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7759		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7760		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7761		Maryland.
7762	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7763		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7764		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7765		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7766		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7767	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7768		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7769		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7770		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7771		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7772	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7773		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7774	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7775		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7776		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7777		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7778	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7779		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7780		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7781		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7782		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7783		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7784		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7785		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7786		Swarthmore University.
7787	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7788		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7789		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7790		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7791			ruleset.
7792		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7793		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7794			-d debug flag.
7795		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7796		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7797		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7798		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7799			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7800			and the parsed address.
7801		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7802			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7803		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7804			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7805			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7806			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7807			recipients.
7808		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7809			return the result.
7810		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7811			`mapname' and return the result.
7812	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7813		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7814	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7815		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7816		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7817		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7818		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7819		that functionality.
7820	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7821		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7822		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7823		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7824		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7825		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7826	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7827		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7828		of Michigan Technological University.
7829	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7830		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7831		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7832		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7833		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7834		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7835		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7836		or not.
7837	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7838		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7839		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7840		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7841		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7842		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7843		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7844	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7845		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7846		should have minimal impact on external function.
7847	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7848		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7849			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7850		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7851			7	SevenBitInput
7852			8	EightBitMode
7853			A	AliasFile
7854			a	AliasWait
7855			B	BlankSub
7856			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7857			C	CheckpointInterval
7858			c	HoldExpensive
7859			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7860			d	DeliveryMode
7861			E	ErrorHeader
7862			e	ErrorMode
7863			f	SaveFromLine
7864			F	TempFileMode
7865			G	MatchGECOS
7866			H	HelpFile
7867			h	MaxHopCount
7868			i	IgnoreDots
7869			I	ResolverOptions
7870			J	ForwardPath
7871			j	SendMimeErrors
7872			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7873			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7874			L	LogLevel
7875			l	UseErrorsTo
7876			m	MeToo
7877			n	CheckAliases
7878			O	DaemonPortOptions
7879			o	OldStyleHeaders
7880			P	PostmasterCopy
7881			p	PrivacyOptions
7882			Q	QueueDirectory
7883			q	QueueFactor
7884			R	DontPruneRoutes
7885			r, T	Timeout
7886			S	StatusFile
7887			s	SuperSafe
7888			t	TimeZoneSpec
7889			u	DefaultUser
7890			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7891			V	FallbackMXHost
7892			v	Verbose
7893			w	TryNullMXList
7894			x	QueueLA
7895			X	RefuseLA
7896			Y	ForkEachJob
7897			y	RecipientFactor
7898			z	ClassFactor
7899			Z	RetryFactor
7900		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7901		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7902			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7903			$l	UnixFromLine
7904			$o	OperatorChars
7905			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7906		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7907		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7908		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7909		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7910	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7911		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7912		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7913		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7914		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7915		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7916		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7917		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7918		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7919		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7920	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7921		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7922		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7923			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7924			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7925		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7926			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7927			recipient mailer flags.
7928		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7929		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7930			delivery.
7931		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7932		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7933		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7934		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7935		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7936		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7937			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7938			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7939			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7940		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7941		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7942		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7943	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7944		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7945		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7946		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7947		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7948		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7949		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7950		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7951		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7952		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7953		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7954		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7955		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7956		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7957		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7958		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7959			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7960			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7961		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7962			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7963		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7964			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7965			flag is ignored.
7966		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7967			the setting of F=8.
7968	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7969		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7970		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7971		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7972	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7973		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7974		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7975		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7976	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7977		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7978		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7979		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7980	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7981		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7982		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7983		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7984		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7985		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7986		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7987		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7988	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7989		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7990		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7991		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7992		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7993		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7994		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7995		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7996		Unicom.
7997	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7998		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7999	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8000		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8001		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8002		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8003		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8004		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8005		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8006		from Chip Rosenthal.
8007	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8008		For example,
8009		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8010		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8011		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8012		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8013		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8014		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8015	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8016		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8017		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8018		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8019		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8020		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8021		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8022		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8023		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8024		contribution was to make it configurable).
8025	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8026		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8027		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8028		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8029		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8030		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8031	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8032		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8033		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8034		I/O redirection.
8035	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8036		can be confusing.
8037	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8038		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8039		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8040	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8041	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8042		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8043		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8044		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8045		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8046		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8047		queue-only.
8048	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8049		:include: and .forward files.
8050	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8051		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8052		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8053		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8054		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8055	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8056		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8057	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8058		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8059		Sun Microsystems.
8060	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8061		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8062		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8063		Hutton of Indiana University.
8064	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8065		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8066		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8067		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8068		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8069		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8070	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8071		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8072		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8073		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8074		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8075		as comments.
8076	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8077		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8078		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8079		are from sysexits.h.
8080	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8081		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8082		    Kmap1 ...
8083		    Kmap2 ...
8084		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8085		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8086		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8087		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8088	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8089		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8090		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8091		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8092		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8093		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8094		    Ksample switch hosts
8095		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8096		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8097		equivalent to
8098		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8099		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8100	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8101		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8102		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8103		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8104		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8105	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8106		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8107		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8108	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8109		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8110		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8111		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8112	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8113		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8114		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8115		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8116		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8117		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8118		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8119		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8120		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8121	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8122		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8123		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8124		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8125		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8126	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8127		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8128		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8129		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8130		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8131		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8132		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8133	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8134		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8135		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8136		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8137		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8138		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8139	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8140		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8141		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8142		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8143		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8144		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8145		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8146	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8147		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8148		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8149	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8150		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8151		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8152		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8153	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8154		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8155		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8156		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8157		much longer than the specified timeout.
8158	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8159		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8160		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8161		denial-of-service attack.
8162	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8163		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8164		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8165	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8166		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8167		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8168		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8169		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8170		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8171		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8172		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8173		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8174		actually file lookups.
8175	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8176		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8177		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8178		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8179	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8180		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8181		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8182		support for them has been removed.
8183	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8184		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8185		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8186	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8187		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8188		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8189		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8190	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8191		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8192		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8193	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8194		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8195		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8196	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8197		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8198		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8199	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8200		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8201		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8202	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8203		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8204		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8205		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8206		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8207		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8208		Microsystems.
8209	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8210		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8211		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8212		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8213		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8214		option can give the network software time to establish
8215		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8216	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8217		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8218		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8219		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8220	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8221		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8222		the National Computer Security Center.
8223	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8224		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8225		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8226		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8227		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8228	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8229		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8230		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8231		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8232		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8233		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8234		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8235		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8236		University Computing Service.
8237	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8238		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8239		the University of Kentucky.
8240	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8241		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8242		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8243	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8244		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8245	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8246		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8247		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8248		Corporation.
8249	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8250		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8251		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8252		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8253	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8254		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8255		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8256		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8257		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8258		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8259		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8260	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8261		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8262		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8263	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8264		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8265		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8266		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8267	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8268		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8269		Communications.
8270	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8271		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8272		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8273		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8274		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8275	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8276		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8277		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8278		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8279		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8280	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8281		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8282	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8283		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8284		on values:
8285		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8286					message will be passed on even
8287					though it is in technically
8288					illegal syntax.
8289		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8290					recipients that it can find from
8291					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8292					Bcc: recipients.
8293		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8294					has almost no redeeming social value,
8295					and is provided only for back
8296					compatibility.
8297		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8298					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8299					which will have the effect of
8300					making the message legal without
8301					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8302		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8303					There is a chance that mailers down
8304					the line will delete this header,
8305					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8306					recipients.
8307		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8308	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8309		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8310		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8311		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8312		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8313	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8314		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8315		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8316		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8317		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8318		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8319		For example, if you run with
8320			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8321		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8322		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8323		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8324		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8325	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8326		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8327			list: member1
8328			list: member2
8329		and an alias file declared as:
8330			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8331		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8332		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8333		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8334	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8335	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8336		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8337		Johannesen.
8338	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8339		to be simpler and more consistent.
8340	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8341		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8342		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8343		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8344	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8345		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8346		This may affect some people who have written their own
8347		checkcompat() routine.
8348	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8349		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8350		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8351	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8352		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8353		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8354		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8355	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8356		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8357		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8358		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8359		Corporation.
8360	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8361		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8362		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8363		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8364		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8365		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8366		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8367		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8368	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8369		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8370		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8371	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8372		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8373		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8374	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8375		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8376		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8377	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8378		the header.
8379	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8380	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8381		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8382		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8383	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8384		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8385		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8386		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8387		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8388		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8389	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8390		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8391		is added between the first and second word of the first
8392		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8393		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8394		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8395		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8396		old sendmails understand.
8397	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8398		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
8399	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8400		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8401		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
8402		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8403		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8404		data -- for example,
8405		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8406					(romanized/less information)
8407		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8408					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8409					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8410		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8411					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8412		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8413		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8414	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8415		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8416		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8417		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
8418		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
8419		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8420		Eric Prestemon of American University.
8421	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8422		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8423		increment on the background value).
8424	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
8425		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
8426		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8427	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8428		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8429		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8430	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8431		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8432		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
8433		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8434		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8435	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8436		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
8437		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
8438		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8439		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8440		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
8441		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8442		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8443		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8444	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8445		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
8446		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8447		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8448		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8449		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8450		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8451	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8452		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8453		service type is "files".
8454	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
8455		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8456		into class "c".
8457	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8458		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
8459		contributed by SunSoft.
8460	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8461		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
8462		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8463		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8464		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
8465		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8466		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
8467		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8468		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8469		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8470	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8471		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8472		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
8473		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8474	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8475		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8476		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8477		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8478		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8479		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
8480		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8481	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8482		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8483	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8484		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
8485		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8486	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8487		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8488		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8489		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8490		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
8491		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8492		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8493		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8494		flags.
8495	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8496		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
8497		Motonori Nakamura.
8498	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8499		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8500		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8501		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
8502		of MIT.
8503	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
8504		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8505	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8506		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8507		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8508		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8509		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8510		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8511		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
8512		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8513		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8514	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8515		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8516		the make.
8517	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8518		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
8519		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8520		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8521	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8522		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8523		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8524		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8525		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
8526		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8527	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
8528		of Sun Microsystems.
8529	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
8530		is at least 50% faster.
8531	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8532		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8533		University.
8534	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8535		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8536	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8537		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
8538		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8539		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8540	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8541		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
8542		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8543	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8544		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8545		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8546		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
8547		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8548		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8549	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8550		Carnegie Mellon.
8551	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8552		support.
8553	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8554		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8555		Global Information Solutions.
8556	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8557		From Motonori Nakamura.
8558	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
8559		Motonori Nakamura.
8560	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8561		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8562	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8563		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8564		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8565		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
8566		James of British Telecom.
8567	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
8568		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8569	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8570		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
8571		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8572		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8573		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
8574		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8575		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8576	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
8577		a bad guy can read your private files.
8578	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8579		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8580		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8581			University.  This expands the disk size
8582			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8583		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8584			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8585		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8586			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8587		Linux Makefile typo.
8588		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8589			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8590		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8591			University, Chico.
8592		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
8593			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8594			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
8595			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8596			This requires adaptation of code that really
8597			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8598			addresses or nameserver fields.''
8599		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
8600			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8601		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8602			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8603		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8604			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8605			problems.
8606		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8607			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
8608			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8609		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
8610			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8611		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
8612			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8613		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8614			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8615			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
8616			Wemm of DIALix.
8617		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8618			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8619			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8620			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
8621			of Ohio State University.
8622		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8623			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8624			University.
8625		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
8626			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
8627			Mainz.
8628		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8629		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8630			wrong statfs call).
8631		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8632		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8633			University.
8634		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8635		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8636			Rochester Medical Center.
8637		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8638			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8639			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8640			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8641			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8642		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8643			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8644			Division.
8645		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8646			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8647		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8648			Durand of I.M.A.G.
8649		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8650			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8651		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8652		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8653			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8654		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8655		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8656		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8657		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8658		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8659			of Meteo France.
8660		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8661		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8662		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8663		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8664		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8665		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8666		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8667		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8668		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8669		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8670			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8671		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8672			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8673		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8674			of Colorado.
8675		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8676	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8677		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
8678		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8679	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8680		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
8681		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8682		on the file, but it should be quite small.
8683	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
8684		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8685		giving the local administrator more control over what
8686		programs can be run from sendmail.
8687	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
8688		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8689		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8690		never will.
8691	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8692		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8693		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8694	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8695		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8696		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
8697		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8698		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8699	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8700		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8701	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8702		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
8703		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8704		arbitrary directory -- use either:
8705			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8706		or
8707			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8708		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8709		can use:
8710			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8711		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8712		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8713		compatibility.
8714	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8715		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8716	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8717		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8718	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8719		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8720		County.
8721	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8722	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8723		just unqualified ones.
8724	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8725		was never used and didn't work anyway.
8726	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8727		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8728	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8729		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8730		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
8731		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8732		centralized hub.
8733	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8734	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8735		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8736		this is expected to be another sendmail.
8737	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8738		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8739		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8740		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
8741		Rosenthal of Unicom.
8742	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8743		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
8744		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8745	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8746		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
8747		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8748		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8749		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8750		but it is a no-op.
8751	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8752		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8753		as User Unknown.
8754	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8755		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8756		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8757		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8758	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8759		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8760		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8761	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8762		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8763		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8764		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8765	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8766		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8767		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8768	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8769	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8770		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8771	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8772		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8773		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8774		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8775	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8776		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8777		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8778		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8779		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8780		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8781		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8782		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8783	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8784		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8785		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8786		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8787		assumed.
8788	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8789		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8790		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8791		Information Systems Agency.
8792	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8793		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8794		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8795	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8796		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8797		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8798		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8799		that really can be used in the real world.
8800	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8801		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8802		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8803	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8804		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8805	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8806		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8807		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8808		by Scott Hutton.
8809	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8810		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8811	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8812		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8813		people.
8814	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8815		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8816	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8817		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8818		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8819	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8820		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8821		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8822	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8823		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8824		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8825		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8826	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8827		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8828		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8829		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8830		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8831		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8832	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8833		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8834		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8835	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8836		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8837		by Kimmo Suominen.
8838	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8839		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8840		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8841	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8842		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8843	NEW FILES:
8844		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8845		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8846		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8847		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8848		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8849		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8850		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8851		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8852		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8853		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8854		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8855		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8856		cf/domain/generic.m4
8857		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8858		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8859		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8860		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8861		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8862		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8863		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8864		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8865		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8866		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8867		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8868		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8869		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8870		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8871		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8872		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8873		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8874		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8875		contrib/bsdi.mc
8876		contrib/mailprio
8877		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8878		mail.local/mail.local.0
8879		makemap/makemap.0
8880		smrsh/README
8881		smrsh/smrsh.0
8882		smrsh/smrsh.8
8883		smrsh/smrsh.c
8884		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8885		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8886		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8887		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8888		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8889		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8890		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8891		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8892		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8893		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8894		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8895		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8896		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8897		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8898		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8899		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8900		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8901		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8902		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8903		src/aliases.0
8904		src/mailq.0
8905		src/mime.c
8906		src/newaliases.0
8907		src/sendmail.0
8908		test/t_seteuid.c
8909	RENAMED FILES:
8910		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8911		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8912		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8913		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8914		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8915		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8916		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8917		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8918		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8919		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8920		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8921		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8922		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8923		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8924		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8925		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8926		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8927		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8928		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8929		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8930		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8931	OBSOLETED FILES:
8932		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8933		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8934		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8935		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8936		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8937		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8938		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8939		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8940		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8941		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8942		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8943		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8944		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8945
89468.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8947	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8948		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8949		any user (except root).
8950	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8951		version number is unchanged.
8952
89538.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8954	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8955		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8956		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8957		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8958		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8959		each other!).
8960	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8961		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8962		than fork().
8963
89648.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8965	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8966		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8967	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8968		message when attempted from IDENT.
8969	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8970		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8971		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8972		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8973	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8974		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8975		partial lines.
8976	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8977		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8978		Rob McMahon.
8979	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8980		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8981		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8982		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8983	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8984		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8985		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8986		Novell Labs Europe.
8987	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8988		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8989		Cal State Chico.
8990	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8991		*Hobbit*.
8992	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8993		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8994	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8995		from Spider Boardman.
8996	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8997		with the binaries).
8998
89998.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9000	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9001		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9002	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9003		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9004		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9005		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9006		implications.
9007	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9008		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9009		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9010		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9011	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9012		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9013		University of Texas.
9014	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9015		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9016		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9017		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9018	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9019		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9020		Data General.
9021	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9022		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9023		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9024	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9025		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9026		with a lot of arguments).
9027	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9028		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9029		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9030		Michigan.
9031	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9032		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9033		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9034		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9035		Thibault.
9036	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9037		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9038		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9039		some of the map code.
9040	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9041		with the binaries).
9042
90438.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9044	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9045		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9046		may have some security implications.
9047	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9048		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9049		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9050	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9051		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9052	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9053		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9054	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9055	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9056		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9057		option.
9058	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9059		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9060		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9061		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9062		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9063		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9064		Rochester.
9065	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9066		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9067		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9068	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9069		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9070		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9071	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9072		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9073		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9074	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9075		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9076		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9077		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9078		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9079		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9080		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9081		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9082		messages.
9083	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9084		message to explain how much space was available and
9085		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9086		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9087	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9088		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9089		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9090		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9091		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9092		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9093		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9094		Kapor Enterprises.
9095	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9096		without recompiling.
9097	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9098		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9099		purely cosmetic.
9100	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9101		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9102		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9103	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9104		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9105		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9106		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9107		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9108		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9109		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9110	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9111		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9112		Wolfhugel.
9113	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9114		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9115		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9116		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9117		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9118		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9119		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9120		size around and can never start listening to connections
9121		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9122		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9123		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9124		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9125		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9126		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9127		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9128		implications.
9129	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9130		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9131	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9132		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9133		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9134	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9135		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9136		information.
9137	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9138		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9139		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9140		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9141		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9142		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9143		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9144	Portability fixes:
9145		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9146		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9147		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9148		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9149		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9150		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9151			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9152		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9153			Corporation.
9154		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9155		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9156			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9157		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9158	New Files:
9159		src/Makefile.CLIX
9160		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9161		doc/changes/Makefile
9162		doc/changes/changes.me
9163		doc/changes/changes.ps
9164
91658.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9166	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9167		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9168		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9169
91708.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9171	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9172		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9173		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9174		list.
9175
91768.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9177	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9178		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9179		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9180		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9181		valid shell.
9182	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9183		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9184		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9185		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9186		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9187		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9188	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9189		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9190		from a local user to another local user.  From
9191		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9192	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9193		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9194		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9195	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9196		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9197		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9198		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9199		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9200		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9201		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9202		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9203		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9204	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9205		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9206		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9207	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9208		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9209		BSD-like system.
9210	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9211		protocol entirely.
9212	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9213		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9214		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9215		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9216		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9217	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9218	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9219		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9220		files.
9221	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9222		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9223		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9224	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9225		of CMU.
9226	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9227		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9228		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9229	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9230		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9231		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9232		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9233	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9234		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9235		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9236		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9237		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9238		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9239	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9240		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9241	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9242		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9243		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9244		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9245		Motonori Nakamura.
9246	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9247		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9248		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9249	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9250		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9251		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9252		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9253	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9254		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9255		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9256	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9257		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9258		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9259	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9260		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9261		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9262		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9263	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9264		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9265		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9266		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9267	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9268		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9269		didn't see the class items being added.
9270	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9271		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9272		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9273		Rutgers.
9274	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9275		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9276	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9277		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9278		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9279		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9280		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9281		the problem myself.
9282	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9283		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9284		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9285		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9286	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9287		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9288		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9289		UUNET.
9290	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9291		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9292		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9293		John Oleynick.
9294	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9295		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9296		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9297	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9298		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9299		Nakamura.
9300	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9301		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9302		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9303		University of Washington.
9304	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9305		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9306	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9307		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9308		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9309		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9310		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9311		of Cambridge University.
9312	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9313		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9314		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9315	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9316		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9317		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9318	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9319		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9320		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9321		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9322		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9323		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9324		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9325		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9326		a chance.
9327	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9328		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9329	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9330		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9331		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9332		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9333		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9334		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9335		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9336		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9337	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9338		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9339	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9340	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9341		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9342		size for various mailers.
9343	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9344		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9345		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9346	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9347		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9348		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9349	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9350	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9351		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9352		system.
9353	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9354		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9355		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9356	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9357		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9358		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9359	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9360		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9361		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9362		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9363		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9364		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9365		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9366		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9367		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9368		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9369		University of Sydney.
9370	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9371		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9372		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9373		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9374		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9375	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9376		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9377		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9378		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9379		Suominen.
9380	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9381		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9382		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9383		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9384	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9385		Suominen.
9386	Portability fixes:
9387		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9388		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9389		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9390		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9391		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9392		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9393		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9394		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9395		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9396	NEW FILES:
9397		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9398		src/Makefile.PTX
9399		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9400		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9401		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9402		src/mailq.1
9403		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9404		doc/op/Makefile
9405		doc/intro/Makefile
9406		doc/usenix/Makefile
9407
94088.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
9409	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9410		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
9411		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9412	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9413		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
9414		permissions they should not have had (usually group
9415		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
9416		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9417	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9418		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9419		Although this does not respond to a specific known
9420		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
9421		Christian Wettergren.
9422	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9423		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9424		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9425		program by putting that in their .forward file.
9426		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9427		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9428		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
9429		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
9430		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9431		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9432		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9433		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9434		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9435		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9436	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9437		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
9438		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9439		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9440	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9441		connection to create problems on the current job.
9442		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9443		the wrong place.
9444	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9445		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9446		problem that ignored the load average in locally
9447		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9448	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
9449		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9450	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9451		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9452		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9453	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9454		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
9455		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
9456		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
9457		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9458	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9459		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
9460		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9461	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9462		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9463		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
9464	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9465		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9466	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9467		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9468		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
9469		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
9470	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9471		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9472		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9473	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9474		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9475		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
9476	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9477		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9478		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
9479	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9480		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9481		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9482		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9483		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
9484		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9485	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9486		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9487		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9488		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9489	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9490		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9491		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9492		dot convention.
9493	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9494		of from a clean exit.
9495	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9496		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9497		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9498	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9499		as the subject of an error message, even though the
9500		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9501		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9502	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
9503		Jones of UUNET.
9504	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9505		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
9506		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
9507		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9508	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9509		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9510		says that they should be ignored.
9511	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9512		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9513		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
9514		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9515		is not reentrant.
9516	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9517		documented in the Bat Book.
9518	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9519		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9520		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9521		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9522	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9523		code during some parts of connection initialization.
9524		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9525		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9526		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
9527	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9528		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9529	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9530		of Kyoto University.
9531	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9532		From P{r Emanuelsson.
9533	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9534		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9535	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
9536		Bryan Costales.
9537	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9538		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9539	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9540		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
9541		Nakamura.
9542	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9543		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9544		illegal addresses appearing there).
9545	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9546		BB&N.
9547	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9548		included.
9549	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
9550		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9551	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9552		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9553		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
9554		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9555	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9556		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9557	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9558		by the other end closing the connection.  From
9559		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9560	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9561		to include a host name or other useful information.
9562	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
9563		DeMarco.
9564	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9565		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9566		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9567		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
9568		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9569	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9570		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9571	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9572		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9573		this properly).
9574	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9575		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9576		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9577	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9578		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9579		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9580		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
9581		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9582		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9583		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9584		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9585	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9586		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
9587		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9588		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9589		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9590		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9591		of the Institute for Global Communications.
9592	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9593		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
9594		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9595		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9596	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9597		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9598	Portability fixes for:
9599		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9600		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9601		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9602		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9603		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9604			of Stoner Associates.
9605		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9606		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9607			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9608			of Maryland.
9609		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9610		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9611		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9612		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9613		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9614		RISC/os.
9615		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9616			at Chico.
9617		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9618		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9619		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
9620			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9621			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9622	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9623		since this is intended only for internal use, the
9624		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
9625		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9626		addresses when relaying internally.
9627	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9628		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
9629		provided by Peter Wemm.
9630	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9631		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
9632		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9633	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9634		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9635	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9636		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9637		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9638		names.
9639	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9640		rather than letting them get "local configuration
9641		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9642	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9643		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9644		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
9645		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9646		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9647	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9648		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9649	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9650	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9651		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9652		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9653		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
9654		of Georgia Tech.
9655	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
9656		Jim Murray of Stratus.
9657	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9658		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
9659		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9660		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9661		the local name prepended.
9662	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9663	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9664	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9665		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
9666	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9667		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
9668		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9669	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9670		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9671			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9672		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9673			:include: files and accounts that have shells
9674			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
9675			cause some .forward files that have worked
9676			before to start failing.
9677		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9678	NEW FILES:
9679		src/Makefile.DGUX
9680		src/Makefile.Dynix
9681		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9682		src/Makefile.Mach386
9683		src/Makefile.NetBSD
9684		src/Makefile.RISCos
9685		src/Makefile.SCO
9686		src/Makefile.SVR4
9687		src/Makefile.Titan
9688		cf/mailer/pop.m4
9689		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9690		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
9691		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9692		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
9693		makemap/Makefile.dist
9694		praliases/Makefile.dist
9695
96968.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
9697	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9698		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9699		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9700	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
9701		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9702		class of attack.
9703	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9704		in a few critical places.
9705	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9706		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
9707		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
9708		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9709		and High-Energy Physics.
9710	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9711		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
9712		Eric Wassenaar.
9713	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9714		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9715		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
9716		Wassenaar.
9717	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9718		really become relevant in the next release, but some
9719		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
9720		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9721	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9722		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9723		these can have different values depending on which
9724		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9725	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9726		what uid/gid processes ran as.
9727	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9728		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9729		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9730		postmaster" case.
9731	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9732	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9733		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9734	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9735		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
9736		Christopher Davis.
9737	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9738		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9739		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
9740		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9741	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
9742		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9743
97448.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
9745	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9746		addresses that get return-receipts.
9747	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9748		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9749		and end up sending the message several times.
9750	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9751		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9752		four hours".
9753	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9754		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9755		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9756		Cornell University Medical College.
9757	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9758		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9759		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9760		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9761		Wassenaar.
9762	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9763		connections fail during message collection.  From
9764		Eric Wassenaar.
9765	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9766		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9767		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9768		Stratus.
9769	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9770		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9771		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9772	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9773		by non-root users were not put into
9774		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9775		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9776		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9777	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9778		could get confused as to whether a database was
9779		open or not.
9780	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9781		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9782		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9783		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9784		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9785	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9786		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9787		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9788	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9789
97908.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9791	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9792	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9793		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9794		propagated to the queue file.
9795
97968.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9797	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9798		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9799	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9800		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9801		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9802		header files but don't have the syscall.
9803	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9804		if trymx == FALSE.
9805	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9806		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9807		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9808		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9809	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9810		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9811	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9812		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9813		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9814		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9815		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9816		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9817		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9818	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9819		Kanbe.
9820	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9821		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9822		Wisner of The Well.
9823	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9824		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9825	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9826		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9827		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9828		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9829		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9830		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9831		read permission.
9832	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9833		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9834		MX suppression will still work.
9835	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9836		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9837		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9838		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9839	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9840		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9841		Nakamura.
9842	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9843		"CX $Z" works.
9844	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9845		trying to send the original message if the connection
9846		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9847		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9848		by John Myers of CMU.
9849	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9850		term bug.
9851	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9852		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9853		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9854		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9855		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9856		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9857	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9858	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9859		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9860	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9861		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9862		level.
9863	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9864		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9865		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9866		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9867		address.
9868	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9869		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9870		Harvey Mudd College.
9871	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9872		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9873		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9874		their full name information.
9875	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9876		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9877		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9878	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9879		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9880	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9881		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9882		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9883		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9884	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9885		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9886		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9887		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9888	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9889		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9890		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9891		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9892		names.
9893	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9894		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9895		helpful.
9896	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9897		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9898		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9899		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9900	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9901		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9902		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9903	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9904		that claims to be itself works properly.
9905	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9906		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9907		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9908		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9909	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9910		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9911		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9912	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9913		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9914		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9915		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9916		scratch.
9917	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9918		true address to still send to the original address
9919		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9920		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9921		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9922	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9923		more trouble than it was worth.
9924	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9925		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9926		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9927	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9928		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9929		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9930	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9931		the queue.
9932	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9933		messages don't come out with stale information.
9934	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9935		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9936	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9937		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9938		Myers of CMU.
9939	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9940		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9941		Corrigan.
9942	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9943		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9944		sender address.
9945	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9946	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9947	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9948		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9949		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9950		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9951		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9952		that does bulk data transfer).
9953	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9954		Amir Plivatsky.
9955	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9956		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9957		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9958		bogus config files that were not caught.
9959	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9960		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9961	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9962		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9963		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9964	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9965		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9966	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9967		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9968		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9969		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9970	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9971		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9972	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9973		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9974	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9975		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9976	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9977		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9978		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9979		Melbourne.
9980	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9981		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9982		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9983		to match regular entries.
9984	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9985		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9986	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9987		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9988	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9989		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9990		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9991	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9992		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9993		messages is the best possible.
9994	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9995		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9996		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9997	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9998		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9999	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10000		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10001	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10002		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10003	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10004	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10005		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10006		on the address.
10007	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10008		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10009		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10010		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10011		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10012	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10013	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10014	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10015		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10016		addresses in any detail.
10017	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10018		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10019	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10020		with an address such as "!foo".
10021	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10022		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10023		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10024		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10025		Bret Marquis.
10026
100278.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10028	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10029		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10030		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10031		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10032	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10033		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10034		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10035		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10036		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10037		Nakamura.
10038	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10039		are no DNS records matching the name.
10040	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10041		original message was received ... from localhost".
10042		The correct original host information is now included.
10043	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10044		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10045		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10046	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10047		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10048	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10049		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10050		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10051		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10052		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10053		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10054		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10055		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10056
100578.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10058	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10059		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10060		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10061		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10062		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10063		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10064		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10065		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10066		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10067		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10068		UIUC sendmail.
10069	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10070		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10071		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10072		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10073		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10074		by Neil Rickert.
10075	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10076		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10077		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10078		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10079		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10080		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10081		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10082		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10083		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10084		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10085	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10086		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10087		humans.
10088	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10089		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10090	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10091		repaired).
10092	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10093		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10094		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10095		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10096	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10097		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10098		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10099	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10100		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10101		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10102		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10103		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10104	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10105		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10106		core dumps on some machines.
10107	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10108		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10109		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10110		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10111		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10112		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10113		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10114		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10115		some true error conditions.
10116	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10117		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10118		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10119		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10120	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10121		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10122		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10123		by Motonori Nakamura.
10124	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10125		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10126		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10127		a queue run than a direct run.
10128	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10129		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10130		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10131	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10132		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10133		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10134		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10135		restart it.
10136	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10137		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10138		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10139		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10140		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10141		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10142		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10143		is appropriately functional.
10144	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10145		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10146		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10147		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10148	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10149		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10150		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10151		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10152		Technologies.
10153	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10154		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10155		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10156		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10157		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10158		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10159		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10160		things.
10161	Portability changes:
10162		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10163			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10164			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10165			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10166			of Colorado.
10167		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10168			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10169		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10170			Corporation.
10171		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10172			documentation apparently doesn't define
10173			__STDC__ by default).
10174		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10175		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10176			Motonori Nakamura.
10177	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10178	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10179		several people have made a good argument that this
10180		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10181		may prove painful in the short run).
10182	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10183		format.
10184	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10185		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10186		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10187	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10188		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10189		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10190		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10191		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10192	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10193		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10194		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10195		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10196	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10197		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10198		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10199		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10200	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10201		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10202		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10203		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10204		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10205	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10206		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10207
102088.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10209	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10210		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10211		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10212		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10213		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10214		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10215		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10216		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10217		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10218	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10219		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10220		"user friendly".
10221	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10222		16 bytes/sec.
10223	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10224		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10225		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10226		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10227		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10228		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10229		for quick test cases.
10230	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10231		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10232		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10233		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10234	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10235		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10236		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10237	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10238		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10239		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10240		From Michael Corrigan.
10241	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10242		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10243		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10244	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10245		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10246		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10247	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10248		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10249		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10250	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10251
102528.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10253	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10254	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10255		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10256		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10257	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10258	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10259		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10260		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10261		from Bill Wisner.
10262	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10263		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10264	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10265		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10266		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10267	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10268		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10269		match the other flags in that file.
10270	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10271	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10272		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10273	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10274		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10275		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10276	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10277		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10278	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10279		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10280		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10281	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10282		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10283		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10284	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10285		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10286		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10287		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10288		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10289	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10290		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10291		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10292		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10293		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10294		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10295		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10296		be owned by you.
10297	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10298		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10299		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10300		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10301	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10302	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10303	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10304		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10305		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10306		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10307		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10308		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10309	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10310		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10311		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10312		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10313		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10314		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10315		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10316		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10317		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10318		it adapts.
10319	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10320		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10321		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10322		way.
10323	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10324		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10325		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10326	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10327		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10328		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10329		only happen when there has been another error in the
10330		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10331		by default in conf.h.
10332	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10333		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10334		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10335		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10336		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10337		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10338		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10339		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10340	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10341		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10342		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10343		See cf/README for an example.
10344	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10345		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10346	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10347		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10348		has been requested by several people, but can break
10349		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10350		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10351		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10352		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10353	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10354		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10355		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10356	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10357		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10358		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10359		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10360	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10361		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10362		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10363
103648.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10365	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10366		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10367	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10368		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10369		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10370	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10371
103728.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10373	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10374		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10375		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10376
103778.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10378	Another mailertable fix....
10379
103808.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10381	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10382